speedily to succour and defend the faithfull For we know for certayne that about the Octaues of Easter the Tartarian Nation will inuade cruelly and forcibly the Lands of the Bohemians and if not preuented will there perpetrate vnheard-of slaughter And because our next neighbours house is now on fire and the next Countrey âieth open to waste and some are alreadie wasted we earnestly and pitifully entreat the ayde and counsell of God and of our neighbour-brethren for the vniuersall Church And because delay is full of danger with all our hearts we beseech you that you make all possible speed to arme as well for your as our deliuerance making strong preparations of store of Souldiers diligently exciting the noble mightie and couragious with the people subiect to them that yee may haue them in readinesse when we shall next direct our Messengers to you And we by the ministerie of our Prelates Preachers and Minors cause the Crosse because the businesse belongs to him which was crucified to be generally preached fastâ and prayers to be appointed and our Lands in common to be called to the warre of Iesus Christ. Hereto wee adde that a great part of that detestable Nation with an other Armie adioyned to them wasteth Hungaria with vnheard-of tyrannie insomuch that the King is said to haue retayned but a small part to himselfe And to speake much in few words the Church and People of the North is so oppressed and brought to such Straits as it neuer was so scourged since the World began Dated the yeere of grace 1241. on the day on which is sung Laetare Ierusalem And this was the Letters sent to the Bishop of Paris by the Duke of Brabant The like was written by the Arch-bishop of Cullen to the King of England Therefore for this grieuous tribulation and for the discord betwixt the Pope and the Emperour so hurtfull to the Church there are appointed fasts and prayers with larger Almes in diuers Regions that our Lord being pacified with his people who as a magnificent triumpher is as strong in a few as in many may destroy the pride of the Tartars The French Kings mother Queene Blanch with deepe sighs and plentifull teares spake hereof to her sonne What shall we doe my dearest sonne about this lamentable euent the terrible rumour whereof is comne to our Confines generall destruction of vs all and of holy Church hangs ouer our times by the impetuous inuasion of the Tartars The King with mournfull voice not without the Spirit of God answered The heauenly comfort Mother exalt vs and if they come on vs either we shall send againe those Tartarians to their Tartarean places whence they came or they shall exalt vs to Heauen THe Emperour certified hereof wrote to the Princes and especially to the King of England in this forme Frederike Emperour c. to the King of England greeting Wee cannot conceale though it somwhat lately came to our eares but giue you notice of a thing which concerneth the Roman Empire as prepared to the preaching of the Gospell all zealous Christian Kingdomâ in the World threatning generall destruction to all Christendom A barbarous Nation hath lately come from the Southerne Region which had long layne hid vnder the torrid Zone and after towards the North by force possessing Regions long remayning is multiplied as the Canker worme called Tartars wee know not of what place or originall not without the fore-seene iudgement of God is reserued to these last times to the correction and chastisement of his people God grant not losse of all Christendom A publike destruction hath therefore followed the common desolation of Kingdomes and spoile of the fertile Land which that wicked people hath passed thorow not sparing sexe age or dignitie hoping to extinguish the rest of mankind whiles it alone goeth about to domineere and reigne euery where by their immense and incomparable power and number Now all things which they haue beene able to set eye on being put to death and spoyle leauing vniuersall desolation behind them these Tartarians yea Tartareans when they had come to the well peopled Colonie of the Cumani prodigall of their liues hauing Bowes their most familiar Armes with Darts and Arrowes which they continually vse and are stronger in the armes then other men they vtterly ouerthrew them and with bloudy sword killed all which escaped not by flight Whose neighbourhood scarcely warned the Rutheni not farre distant to take heed to themselues For they suddenly flie thither to prey and spoile as the wrath of God and lightning hurles it selfe and by their sudden assault and barbarous inuasion take Cleua the chiefe Citie of the Kingdome and all that noble Kingdome was wasted to desolation the Inhabitants being slayne Which yet the neighbouring Kingdome of the Hungarians who should haue taken warning neglected whose sluggish King too secure being required by the Tartars messengers and letters that if he desired that he and his should liue he should hasten their fauour by yeelding himselfe and his Kingdom yet was not hereby terrified and taught to fortify against their irruptions but they ignorant or insolent contemners of their enemies secure in their enemies approach trusting in the natiue fortification of the place vnexpectedly compassed and oppressed at vnawares by them entring like a whirlewind opposed their Tents against them And when the Tartars Tents were fiue miles from the Hungarian the Tartarian fore-runners in the dawning of the morning rushed suddenly and compassed the Hungarians and first slaying the Prelates and chiefe men killed an infinite number with such vnheard-of slaughter as scarcely is recorded euer to haue hapned in one battell The King hardly escaped by flight on a swift Horse which fled with a small companie to the brotherly portion of the Hyllirian Kingdome there to be protected the Enemie possessing the Tents and spoyles And now wasting the nobler and greater part of Hungarie beyond Danubius consuming all with fire and sword they threaten to confâund the rest as by the venerable Bishop Vâtienâis the Anbassadour of the said Hungarian King notâce is giuen to our Court first as he passed being destined to the Roman Court Wee are also hereof fully certified by the Letters of our deare sonne Conrade elect King of Romans alway Augustus and heire of the Kingdome of Ierusalem and of the King of Bohemia the Dukes of Austria and Bauaria by the Messengers words also instructed experimentally of the Enemies neerenesse Nor could wee learne these things without great griefe Truly as the report goeth their vndetermined damnable Armie by our Lords sufferance hath proceeded diuided purposely in three parts For one being sent by the Pructeni and entring Poland the Prince and Duke of that Land were slayne by them and after that all the Region spoyled The second hath entred the bounds of Bohemia and being entred hath made stay the King manly opposing himselfe The third hath runne thorow Hungaria bounded by Austria
Husbands house the street-fall of houshold attends her yet is all prouided by his costs which sends money some moneths before as a gift to her for that purpose Euery mans Birth-day is festiually celebrated with Presents Banquets and iollity especially after the fiftieth yeere explete at which time they are reckoned amongst old men and then euery tenth yeere The Children then procure Emblemes of their friends and Epigrams and some write Bookes That day is also festiuall in which they are of age to take the Mans cap which is about twenty yeeres till that time wearing their haire loose But the first New and Full Moone of the yeere is most generally festiuall each man then hauing ingeniously deuised Lights or Lamps made of Paper Glasse or other matter the house seeming by the diuersified Lights to bee on a light fire They runne vp and downe also with great stirres in the night with Dragon-fashioned Lights and make great shewes of Powder-fire-workes The Chinois are white but neerer the South more browne with thinne beards some hauing none with staring haires and late growing their haire wholly blacke eyes narrow of Egge forme blacke and standing out the nose very little and scarcely standing forth eares meane in some Prouinces they are square faced Many of Canton and Quamsi Prouinces on their little toes haue two nailes as they haue generally in Cachin-china Their women are all low and account great beauty in little feet for which cause from their infancy they bind them straight with clothes that one would iudge them stump-footed this as is thought deuised to make them house-wiues The men and women both alike let their haire grow without cutting but Boyes and Girles till they are fifteene yeere old are cut round leauing a locke onely on the crowne after which they let it grow loose ouer their shoulders till twenty The most of the Priests shaue head and beard euery eighth day When they are men they binde vp their haire in a Cap or Coife made of horse or mans haire or in a silken Cawle and in Winter of woollen on the top it hath a hole where the haire comes forth and is tyed in a neate knot The women weare not this Cap but binde vp their haire in a knot and make it vp with a dresse of Gold Siluer Stones and Flowers They weare Rings on their eares but not on their fingers The men and women weare long garments The men double them on their breast and fasten them vnder both the arme-holes the women on the midst of the breast They weare wide long sleeues but the womens wider the mans straighter at the wrists Their Caps are artificially wrought Their Shooes are much differing from ours the men weare them of Silke with diuers workes and flowers exceeding the elegance of our Matrons Shooes of Leather none but the meaner sort weare and scarcely admit they Leather soles but of Cloth The Caps of their Learned are square of others round Euery one spends halfe an houre at least in combing and trimming his haire They winde also long clouts about their feet and legs and therefore weare their Breeches loose They weare no Shirts but a white Coat next the skinne and wash often They haue a seruant to carrie a Shadow or great Sumbrero ouer their heads against the raine and Sunne the poore carrie one for themselues For Names besides the sur-name of which is spoken the Father giues one to the Sonne for females haue no name but the Fathers sur-name and called as they are borne first second third in order of the Sisters by this name they are called by the Father and Elders others call them likewise from that order amongst the Brethren as is said of Sisters They in their writings call themselues by that which their Father gaue them but if others either equall or superiour should so call them it were both vnciuill and iniurious When a Boy goeth to Schoole his Master giueth him another name which is called his Schoole-name whereby onely his Master and Schoole-fellowes may stile him When he hath his Mans cap put on and marrieth a Wife some more honourable person giueâh him a more honourable name which they call the Letter by this any man may call him but those which are subiect to him And when he is now at the full growth he receiueth of some graue person his most honourable name which they call Great whereby any may call him present or absent but his Parents and Elders still vse the Letter-name If any professe a new Sect his Instructer calls him by a new name which they call of Religion And when one visites another he will aske what is his Honourable name to stile him thereby and we were therefore fayne to take a Greater name then that which we receiued in Baptisme for them to call vs by They are studious of Antiquities much value old Triuets of Bell metall Pictures in blacke and white Characters and writings sealed with the Authors seale for there are many Counterfeiters The Officers haue all a Seale proper to their place giuen by Humvu which they vse only sealing with red colour and if they lose the Seale they lose the Office and are besides seuerely punished and therefore they carry it with them in a sealed and locked Boxe and neuer leaue it out of sight at night keeping it vnder their Pillow Graue men goe not on foote thorow the streets but are carryed in a seate closed except they list to open the fore-part whereas Magistrates seates are euery way open Matrons seates are altogether closed but easily knowne from mens by the fashion The Law forbids Coaches and Litters Some Cities are in the midst of Riuers and Lakes in which they haue very neate Boates to passe the streets And because they goe more by water then ours therefore there Shipping is more conuenient and elegant But the Magistrates built by publike cost are as commodious as Houses with diuers Lodgings a Hall Kitchin Cells so neate as seeming Great mens houses rather then Ships and therefore they make their solemne Banquets a Ship-board passing along the Riuers and Lakes for further pleasure All within shines with Ciaram or shining Vernish in diuers colours and the Carued workes gilded in places with combined sweetes to the Eyes and Nose They honour their Masters more then with vs so that if a man haue beene anothers Scholler but one day in any Art hee calls him Master euer after and neuer sits in any meeting but at his side and doth him all honour Dice-play and Cards are common with them Chesse also with the grauer persons not altogether vnlike ours but their King neuer remoues but to the foure next roomes and the Bishops haue their Queenes They haue also which they call Poulder paunes which goe before the Knights and follow the Paunes They haue a graue Game in a table of three hundred roomes
beginnings of the China Kingdome and of their admirable Wall pag. 263. § 4. Mindo Salt pits Mines of Coretumbaga Copper-workes Idolatrie and Christianitie China Trades and Riuer Faires their comming to Pequin triall and sentence Rarities of Pequin pag. 269. § 5. Foure buildings incredibly admirable in Pequin and diuers of their superstitions their Hispitals and prouisions for the Poore The Kings reuenues and Court their Sects pag. 273. § 6. Their remooue to Quansie quarrels miseries Tartarian huge Armie and losse at the siege of Pequim reported Quansie taken and Nixianco Mendez his exploit Their entertainment by the Tartar King and going to Cauchinchina with his Embassadours with many Tartarian obseruations pag. 277. CHAP. III. Spanish plantation of the Philippinas and what entercourse hath thence hapned betwixt them and the Chinois pag. 282. § 1. First discouerie of the Philippinas written by Friar Iuan Gonzales de Mendoza ibid. § 2. First plantation of the Philippinas by Michael Lopez de Legaspi pag. 284. § 3. Of Limahon a China Robber and Rouer by whose occasion the Spaniards sent into China pag. 286. § 4. Friar Martin de Herrada and other Spaniards entertainment in China and their returne to the Philippinas pag. 292. Two Letters taken out of Bartolome Leonardo de Argensola his Treatise called Conquista de las Islas Malucas printed at Madrid 1609. pag. 336 337. mentioning the comming of two English ships to China which seeme to be two ships of the fleet of Beniamin Wood The former written by the Visitor of Chincheo in China vnto the Gouernour of the Philippinas Don Pedro de Acunna H. P. pag. 309. The Answere of Don Pedro de Acunna Gouernour of the Philippinas to the Visitor of Chincheo in China pag. 310. CHAP. IIII. The report of a Mahometan Merchant which had beene in Cambalu and the troublesome trauell of Benedictus Goes a Portugall Iesuite from Lahor to China by land thorow the Tartars Countries pag. 310. CHAP. V. A generall collection and historicall representation of the Iesuites entrance into Iapon and China vntill their admission in the Royall Citie of Nanquin pag. 316. § 1. Of Francis Xauier Melchior Nunnes Valignanus Ruggerius and Pasius ibid. § 2. Iaponian Embassage to the Pope Of Nabunanga and Quabacondono their gouernment Corai inuaded Embassage from China Taicosamas Temple and Ogoshosamas succession pag. 322. § 3. Ruggerius enters againe into China with Ricius and is forced backe to Amacao thence sent for againe by the Vice-roy Sande and Almeida are sent to them and enter the Countrey as farre as Cequion and returne to Sciauchin pag. 327. § 4. False brethren and others accusations detected they are expelled Sciauchin erect a Seat at Xauceum Monasterie of Nanhoa and other things of note in those parts They alter their habit Voyage to Nanquin the Lake Riuers Idols and other rarities pag. 332. § 5. Nanquin described Ricius expelled thence he setleth at Nancian thence goeth to Nanquin againe and to Pequin description of it the way thither the Kings Palace and of Suceu and Hamceu pag. 338. § 6. Letters from Father Longobard and Taiso Ricius his entertainment at Nanquin and residence there The Chinois vnlearned learning pag. 343. CHAP. VI. A Letter of Father Diego de Pantoia one of the Companie of IESVS to Father Luys de Guzman Prouinciall in the Prouince of Toledo written in Paquin which is the Court of the King of China the ninth of March the yeere 1602. H. P. pag. 350. § 1. Difficulties of entring China their dwelling at Nanquin going from thence to Paquin with Presents for the King troubles in the way by an Eunuch pag. 350. § 2. The King sends for them is delighted with their Clocks and Pictures they are shut vp after take a House are admired for learning Christianitie of China pag. 356. § 3. The description of the Kingdome of China of Catay and Musk the diuision into Prouinces Cities and Townes described Riuer Shipping Commodities Diet and feeding pag. 360. § 4. Their moneyes apparell persons trades wealth learning marriages superstitions rites and opinions pag. 366. § 5. Their bad Souldierie and Artillerie Degrees priuiledges honours and promotions of learning Their Authors and Bookes and Printing The Mandarins commended pag. 369. § 6. Of the gouernment of China Of the Mandarins the China complements and manifold nicities pag. 372. § 7. Of their Women Of the Tartars Conquest acts and expulsion The greatnesse of the King and neighbouring States Of the Queenes Eunuchs pag. 375. CHAP. VII A discourse of the Kingdome of China taken out of Ricius and Trigautius contayning the countrey people gouernment religion rites sects characters studies arts acts and a Map of China added drawne out of one there made with Annotations for the vnderstanding thereof pag. 380. § 1. Of the name scite and greatnesse the Tributaries commoditie arts printing seales inke pencill-pennes and fannes ibid. § 2. Of their Characters and writing downeward their studies Ethikes Astrologie Physike authentike Authors Degrees how taken both Philosophicall and Militarie pag. 384. § 3. Of the Tartarian conquest Of Humuâ the Establisher of the present gouernment The Reuenues Magistrates in the Courts Royall Prouinces Cities Orders Exaltations Visitations Depriuations pag. 387. § 4. Their manifold rites in Salutations Entertainments and other ciuilitie to the King and Magistrates Of Burials and Marriages Birth-dayes their Men Women Names and Games Habites pag. 391. § 5. Of their Superstitions Cruelties feares of Magistrates of the Kings kindred of Strangers and Souldiers Their Deities and three Sects Priests Nunnes Monasteries Legends Lyes pag. 395. § 6. Of strangers and forraine Religions in China pag. 399. § 7. The Map of China taken out of a China Map printed with China Characters illustrated with Notes for the vnderstanding thereof pag. 401. CHAP. VIII A continuation of the Iesuites Acts and obseruations in China till Ricius his death and some yeers after Of Hanceu or Quinsay An Extract of Monfaâts trauell pag. 405. The Contents of the Chapters and Paragraphs in the third Booke of the first part of Purchas his PILGRIMS CHAP. I. A Treatise of Russia and the adioyning Regions written by Doctor Giles Fletcher Lord Ambassadour from the late Queene Euer-glorious Elizabeth to Theodore then Emperour of Russia A. D. 1588. pag. 413. CHAP. II. A briefe discouerie of the Northerne discoueries of Seas Coasts and Countries deliuered in order as they were hopefully begun and haue euer since happily beene continued by the singular industrie and charge of the Worshipfull Societie of Muscouia Merchants of London with the ten seuerall Voyages of Captaine Thomas Edge the Authour pag. 462. § 1. Greenland first discouered by Sir Hugh Willoughby the Voyages of Frobisher Pet and Iackman Dauis the Dutch First Morse and Whale-killing with further discoueries ibid. § 2. Dutch Spanish Danish disturbance also by Hull men and by a new Patent with the succeeding successe and further discoueries till this present pag. 466. § 3. The description of the
the English and Spanish Fleets the Sea flight of the Spanish and miserable disasters in their returne Their lyes The Queenes religious triumph pag. 1895. Squadron of the Galeons of Portugall p. 1898. Don Alonso Peres de Gusman the good Duke of Medina Sidonia Countie of Nebla Marquesse of Casheshe in Africa Lord of the Citie of Saint Lucar Captaine Generall of the Occian Sea of the Coast of Andaluzia and of this Armie of his Maiestie and Knight of the honorable Order of the golden Fleece pag. 1902. The true relation of the successe of the Catholike Armie against their Enemies by the Letters of the Post-master of Logrono of the fourth of September and by Letters from Roan of the 31. of August and by Letters from Paris of the Kings Embassadour there wherein hee declareth the imprisonment of Francis Drake and other great Nobles of England and how the Queene is in the field with an Armie and of a certaine mutinie which was amongst the Queenes Armie with the successe of the said Catholike Armie since they entred in the Groyne till they came on the Coast of England with two Ballets compounded by Christouer Brauo a blinde man of Cordowa printed with licence by Gabriel Ramos Beiarano printer pag. 1913. CHAP. XII A discourse of the Portugall voyage Anno 1589. Sir Iohn Norris and Sir Francis Drake Generalls written as is thought by Colonell Antonie Wingfield imployed in the same voyage formerly published by his friend to whom it was written and here abbreuiated pag. 1914. CHAP. XIII A briefe and true report of the Honourable voyage vnto Cadiz 1596. of the ouerthrow of the Kings Fleet and of the winning of the Citie with other accidents gathered out of Meteranus Master Hackluyt and others pag. 1927. CHAP. XIIII The voyage to the Iles of Azores vnder the conduct of the Right Honorable Earle of Essex 1597. pag. 1935. § 1. The relation thereof by the said Earle and other Commissioners ibid. § 2. A larger relation of the said Iland voyage written by Sir Arthur Gorges Knight collected in the Queenes ship called the Wast Spite wherein he was then Captaine with Marine and Martiall discourses added according to the occurrences pag. 1938. The Conclusion of the Worke with some later aduertisements touching his Maiesties care for Virginia pag. 19â0 Maps and Peeces cut in Brasse or VVood in the last ten Bookes AMerica p. 857 America Meridionalis p. 882 America Septentrionalis p. 853 Map of the Arctike Pole p. 625 Borussia or Prussia p. 626 Hondius his Map of China p. 361 Purchas his Map of China p. 402 Denmarke p. 622 England p. 1980 Florida p. 689 Great Britaine and Ireland p. 1981 Greenland p. 468 Vlphilas Gottick letters p. 658 Hispaniola p. 861 Island p. 644 Lithuania p. 629 Liuonia p. 627 Magellan Streight p. 900 Mexican hieroglyphic histor cut in 65. peeces p. 1067 c. to 1117. Moscouia p. 778 Norwegia p. 620 Polonia p. 630 Russia p. 220 Noua Scotia p. 1874 New Spaine p. 871 Tartaria p. 234 Taurica Chersonesus p. 632 Virginia p. 1692 PEREGRINATIONS AND DISCOVERIES IN THE REMOTEST NORTH AND EAST PARTS OF ASIA CALLED TARTARIA AND CHINA THE FIRST BOOKE CHAP. I. The Iournall of Frier WILLIAM DE RVBRVQVIS a French-man of the Order of the Minorite Friers vnto the East parts of the World Anno Dom. 1253. TO the most Excellent and most Christian Lord Lewis by Gods grace the Renowmed King of France Frier William de Rubruk the meanest of the Minorites Order wisheth health and continuall Triumph in Christ. It is written in the Booke of Ecclesiasticus concerning the Wiseman He shall trauell into forreine Countries and good and euill shall hee try in all things The very same Action my Lord and King haue I atchieued howbeit I wish that I haue done it like a wise man and not like a Foole. For many there bee that performe the same Action which a wise man doth not wisely but more vndiscreetly of which number I feare my selfe to bee one Notwithstanding howsoeuer I haue done it because you commanded mee when I departed from your Highnesse to write all things vnto you which I should see among the Tartars and you wished me also that I should not feare to write long Letters I haue done as your Maiestie enioyned me yet with feare and reuerence because I want words and Eloquence sufficient to write vnto so great a Maiestie Bee it knowne therefore vnto your Sacred Maiestie that in the yeare of our Lord 1253. about the Nones of May wee entred into the Sea of Pontus which the Bulgarians call the great Sea It contayneth in length as I learned of certayne Merchants one thousand and eight miles and is in a manner diuided into two parts About the midst thereof are two Prouinces one towards the North and another towards the South The South Prouince is called Synopolis and it is the Castle and Port of the Soldan of Turkie but the North Prouince is called of the Latines Gasaria of the Greekes which inhabit vpon the Sea shoare thereof it is called Cassaria that is to say Caesaria And there are certayne head-lands stretching forth into the Sea towards Synopolis Also there are three hundred miles of distance betweene Synopolis and Cassaria Insomuch that the distance from those points or places to Constantinople in length and breadth is about seuen hundred miles and seuen hundred miles also from thence to the East namely to the Countrey of Hiberia which is a Prouince of Georgia At the Prouince of Gasaria or Cassaria wee arriued which Prouince is in a manner three square hauing a Citie on the West part thereof called Kersoua wherein Saint Clement suffered Martyrdome And sayling before the said Citie wee saw an Iland in which a Church is said to be built by the hands of Angels But about the midst of the said Prouince toward the South as it were vpon a sharpe Angle or Point standeth a Citie called Soldaia directly against Synopolis And there doe all the Turkie Merchants which Traffique into the North Countries in their Iourney outward arriue and as they returne home-ward also from Russia and the said Northerne Regions into Turkie The foresaid Merchants transport thither Ermines and gray Furres with other rich and costly Skinnes Others carrie Clothes made of Cotton or Bombast and Silke and diuers kinds of Spices But vpon the East part of the said Prouince standeth a Citie called Matriga where the Riuer Tanais dischargeth his streames into the Sea of Pontus the mouth whereof is twelue miles in breadth For this Riuer before it entreth into the Sea of Pontus maketh a little Sea which hath in breadth and length seuen hundred miles and it it is in no place thereof aboue sixe paces deepe whereupon great Vessels cannot saile ouer it Howbeit the Merchants of Constantinople arriuing at the foresaid Citie of Materta send their Barkes vnto the Riuer of Tanais to buy dryed fishes Sturgeons Thosses Barbils
pleasure of God he came into these parts wherefore we would willingly stay with him because wee are Monkes and wee would pray together for the life of Chan. Then he held his peace and departed And we went vnto our house which we found very cold and without any Fuell as yet fasting and it was night Then he to whom we were recommended prouided vs Fuell and a little meate Our Guide was now to returne to Baatu who desired a Carpet of vs which by his Commandement we left in the Court of Baatu which we gaue him and he peaceably departed so kissing our right hand and confessing his fault if he suffered vs to indure hunger and thirst vpon the way We pardoned him crauing pardon of him and his whole Family if we had giuen them any euill example A Certaine Woman of Mentz in Lotharingia called Pascha found vs who made vs great cheere according to her power who belong to the Court of that Lady which was a Christian of whom I spoke before who told vs of her strange pouertie which she indured before she came to the Court but now she was well to liue for she had a young Husband a Rutenian by whom she had three very faire Children who was skilfull in building which amongst them is an excellent Art Moreouer she told vs that at Caracarum there was a certaine Goldsmith called William borne at Paris whose surname was Bouchier and his Fathers name Lawrence Bouchier and she thinketh he hath a Brother yet vpon the Great Bridge called Roger Bouchier And she told me that he had a certaine young man which he brought vp whom hee accounted as his Son who was an excellent Interpreter But Mangu Chan deliuered to the foresaid Gold-smith three hundred Iascots that is three thousand Markes and fiftie Worke-men to make a piece of worke so that she feared he could not send his Sonne vnto me For she heard some say vnto her in the Court The men which came from your Countrey are good men and Mangu Chan would willingly speak vnto them but their Interpreter is nothing worth therefore she was carefull for an Interpreter Then I writ vnto the foresaid Gold-smith certifying him of my comming hither and requesting him that if he could he would send me his sonne And he wrote me answere that he could not that Moone but the next his worke should bee perfected and then he would send him vnto me We stayed therefore with other Messengers And it is otherwise with Messengers in Baatu's Court then in the Court of Mangu Chan. For in the Court of Baatu there is one Iani on the East side who receiueth all such as come from the West and so of other Countries of the world But in the Court of Mangu they are all together vnder one Iani and they may see and visit one another In Baatu's Court they know not one another and know not one of another whether hee be a Messenger or no because they know not one anothers lodging nor see one another but in the Court and when one is called perchance another is not called For they goe not to the Court vnlesse they bee sent for Wee found there a certaine Christian of Damascus who said he came in behalfe of the Soldan of Mons Regatis and of Crac who desired to become friend and tributarie to the Tartars THE yeare also before I came thither there was a certaine Clerke of Acon who called himselfe Raimund but in truth his name was Theodolus and he tooke his iourney from Cyprus with Frier Andrew and went with him into Persia and got him certaine Instruments of Amoricus there in Persia who abode there after Frier Andrew Frier Andrew returning hee went forward with his Instruments and came to Mangu Chan who being demanded wherefore he came said That he was with a certaine holy Bishop to whom the Lord sent Letters from heauen written in golden Characters and commandeâ him to send them to the Emperour of the Tartars because he should bee Lord of the whole Earth and that he should perswade men to make peace with him Then Mangu said vnto him If thou hadst broughâ those Letters which came from heauen and the Letters of thy Lord then hadst beene welcome Then he answered That he brought Letters but they were with other things of his vpon a certaine wilde and pampered Gelding which escaping fled from him through the Woods and Mountaines so that he had lost all And it is very true that many such chances often happen wherefore a man must very warily hold his Horse when he alighteth for necessitie Then Mangu demanded the name of the Bishop He said he was called Odo Whereupon he told him of Damascus and Master William who was Clerke of the Lord Legat. Then Chan demanded in whose Kingdome it was To whom he made answer That it was vnder a certaine King of the Frankes called Moles for he had heard of that which happened at Mallora and he would haue said that they were of your Seruants moreouer hee told Chan that the Saracens were betweene the Frankes and him who hindred his way But if the way had beene open he would haue sent Messengers and willingly haue made peace with him Then Mangu Chan asked him If hee would bring his Messengers to that King and that Bishop He told him he would and also to the Pope Then Mangu caused an exceeding strong Bow to bee made which two men could scarse bend and two Arrowes whose heads were of Siluer full of holes which sing when they are shot like a whistle And he inioyned Moal whom hee should send with the said Theodolus Thou shalt goe to that King of the Frankes to whom this man shall bring thee and thou shalt present him with these in my behalfe And if he will haue peace with vs we will winâe the Countrey vpon the Saracens euen home to him and will grant him the rest of the Countrey vnto the West If otherwise bring backe the Bow and Arrowes vnto vs and tell him we shoot farre and smite strongly with such Bowes Then he caused Theodolus to goe forth whose Interpreter Master Williams Sonne was and in his heaâââing he said vnto Moal Thou shalt go with this man marke well the Waies the Countries and their Castles Men and Munition Then the young man blamed Theodolus saying He had done ill in conducting the Messengers of the Tartars with him for they went for no other cause but to spy Then hee answered That he would set them on the Sea that they should not know whence they came or which way to returne Mangu gaue also vnto Moal his golden Bâll or Tablet to wit a plate of Gold of an hand-breadth and halfe a cubit long wherein his commandement is ingrauen Who so carrieth that may command what he will and it is done without delay So then Theodolus came to Vastacius determining to passe ouer to the Pope that he might
of their Iewels and seeing they pleased him freely bestowed them on him He loth to be exceeded in liberalitie caused twice the value to bee giuen them and besides great and rich gifts Hauing stayed one yeare in the Countrey of the said Prince whiles they thought to returne to Venice there suddenly arose Warre betwixt the said Barcha and another named Alau Lord of the Easterne Tartars These Armies fighting together Alau had the Victorie and the Armie of Barcha receiued a great ouerthrow By reason whereof the wayes beeing not secure they were not able to returne that way which they came And hauing consulted how to returne to Constantinople they were aduised to goe so farre to the East that they might compasse the Realme of Barcha by vnknowne wayes and so they came to a Citie called Ouchacha which is in the Confines of the Kingdome of this Lord of the Tartars on the West and passing further they went ouer Tigris one of the foure Riuers of Paradise and after that a Desart of seuenteene dayes Iourney without Citie Castle or Fort finding only Tartars which liue in the fields in certayne Tents with their beasts Beeing past the Desart they came to a good Citie called Bocara the name also of the Prouince in the Region of Persia which was subiect to a King called Barach in which place they stayed three yeares before they could goe forward or backward by reason of great warres betwixt the Tartars At that time a certayne Wiseman was sent Ambassador from the said Prince Alau to the Great Can who is the greatest King of all the Tartars residing in the Confines of the Earth betwixt the North-east and the East called Cublai Can who being comne to Bocara and finding there the said two brethren which had now well learned the Tartarian Language he reioyced aboue measure and perswadeth these Westerne men or Latines to goe with him to the presence of the Great Emperour of the Tartars knowing that hee should gratifie him in this and the men notwithstanding should be entertayned with great honour and rewarded with large gifts especially seeing through the manifold conference had with them he now perceiued their pleasing behauiour Those men therefore considering that they could not easily returne home without danger consulting together ioyne with the said Ambassadour and iourney with him to the Emperour of the Tartars hauing certayne other Christians in their Company whom they brought with them from Venice and departing towards the North-east and the North were a whole yeare in going to the Court of the said chiefe King of the Tartars The cause of their long time in this Iourney was the Snowes and Riuer Waters much increased so that they were forced in their trauell to stay the wasting of the Snow and decreasing of the flouds Being therefore brought before the presence of the Great Can they were most courteously receiued of him He questioned them concerning many things as of the Countries of the West the Romane Emperour and other Kings and Princes how they carried themselues in Gouernment and in Warlike affaires how Peace Iustice and Concord continued among them also what manner of life and customes were obserued with the Latines and especially of the Pope of the Christians of the things of the Church and the Religion of the Christian Faith And M. Nicolo and M. Maffeo as Wisemen told him the truth alway speaking well to him and orderly in the Tartarian Tongue Insomuch that hee often commanded they should bee brought to his presence and they were very acceptable in his sight Hauing well vnderstood the Affaires of the Latines and resting satisfied with their answers the Great Can intending to send them his Ambassadours to the Pope first consulted with his Barons and then calling to him the two Brethren desired them for his loue to goe to the Pope of the Romans with one of his Barons called Chogatall to pray him to send an hundred Wisemen and learned in the Christian Religion vnto him who might shew his Wisemen that the Faith of the Christians was to bee preferred before all other Sects and was the only way of saluation and that the Gods of the Tartars were Deuils and that they and others the people of the East were deceiued in the worship of their Gods Hee gaue them also in charge to bring in their returne from Ierusalem of the Oyle of the Lampe which burneth before the Sepulchre of our Lord Iesus Christ to whom hee had great deuotion and held him to bee true God They therefore yeelding due reuerence to the Great Can promise that they will faithfully execute the charge commited vnto them and present the Letters which they receiued from him written in the Tartarian to be deliuered to the Bishop of Rome He according to the custome of his Kingdome commanded a Golden Tablet to bee giuen them ingrauen and signed with the Kings marke carrying the which with them throughout his whole Empire in stead of a Passe-port they might bee euery-where safely conueyed through dangerous places by the Gouernours of Prouinces and Cities and receiue expenses from them and lastly how long soeuer they would stay in any place whatsoeuer they needed to them or theirs should be ministred vnto them Taking their leaue therefore of the Emperour they take their Iourney carrying the Letters and Golden Tablet with them And when they had rid twentie dayes Iourney the Baron aforesaid associated vnto them began to fall grieuously sicke Whereupon consulting and leauing him there they prosecute their intended Iourney beeing euery-where courteously receiued by reason of the Emperours Tablet Yet in very many places they were compelled to stay by occasion of the ouer-flowing of Riuers so that they spent three yeares before they came vnto the Port of the Citie of the Armenians named Giazza From Giazza they goe to Acre to wit in the yeere of our Lord 1269. in the moneth of Aprill But hauing entred into the Citie of Acre they heard that Pope Clement the fourth was lately dead and that no other was substituted in his place for the which they were not a little grieued At that time there was a certaine Legate of the Apostolicall Sea at Acre to wit Master Tibaldo de Vesconti di Piacenza to whom they declared all they had in commission from the Great Can and he aduised them to expect the Creation of a new Pope In the meane space therefore departing to Venice to visit their Friends purposing to remayne there vntill another Pope were created Master Nicolo found that his wife was dead whom at his departure hee had left great with child but had left a sonne named Marco who was now nineteene yeeres of age This is that Marco which ordayned this Booke who will manifest therein all those things which he hath seene Moreouer the Election of the Pope of Rome was deferred two yeeres They fearing the discontentment and disquieting of the Emperour of the Tartars who they knew expected
their returne goe backe againe to Acre to the Legate carrying with them Marco aforesaid and hauing gone to Ierusalem and fetched of the Oyle with the Legats Letters testifying their fidelitie to the Great Chan and that a Pope was not yet chosen they went againe towards Giazza In the meane time whiles they were going Messengers came from the Cardinals to the Legate declaring vnto him that he was chosen Pope and he called himselfe Gregorie Hearing this presently sending Messengers hee calleth backe the Venetians and admonisheth them not to depart preparing other Letters for them which they should present vnto the Great Chan of the Tartars with whom he also ioyned two Preaching Friars men famous for their honest conuersation and learning whereof the one was called Friar Nicolo Dauicenza the other Friar Guielmo da Tripoli To these hee gaue Letters and Priuiledges and authoritie to order Priests and Bishops and of all absolution as if himselfe were present with Presents also of great value and Crystall vessels to present the great Chan together with his Benediction They came to Giazza a Port of the Sea in Armenia And because Bentiochdare the Sultan of Babylon leuying a great Armie had then inuaded the Armenians the two Friars mentioned began to bee afraid of themselues and deliuering the Letters and Presents to Master Nicolo and Maffio and Marco desiring to auoide the danger of the wayes and perill of warres remayned with the Master of the Temple and returned with him But the three Venetians exposing themselues to all danger with many labours and much difficultie trauelled many dayes alwaies towards the North-east and North till they after three yeeres and a halfe came vnto the Emperour of the Tartars vnto the Citie called Clemenfu for in the Winter time their iourney had often and long hinderantes by reason of the snow and extreme cold and inundations of waters Moreouer King Cublai hearing that they were comming who were yet very farre off sent Messengers fortie dayes iourney to meet them who should conduct them and minister all necessaries for the iourney Going therefore to the Kings Court and being brought to his presence they fell downe before him on their faces yeelding the accustomed reuerence Of whom being curteously receiued they are willed to arise and he commandeth them to declare how they passed the diuers dangers of the wayes and what they had treated with the Bishop of Rome Then they orderly declare all things and giue the Emperour the Popes Letters and Presents which they brought Whereat the Chan wonderfull reioycing commended their faithfull cares The Oyle also brought from the Lampe of the Lords Sepulcher and offered vnto him hee reuerently receiued of them and commanded it should bee honourably preserued And asking of Marco who hee was Master Nicolo answered that he was his Maiesties seruant and his sonne Hee entertayned him with a friendly countenance and caused him to write amongst other his honourable Courtiers Whereupon he was much esteemed of all the Court and in a little space learned the customes of the Tartars and foure diuers Languages being able to write and reade them all The great Chan to make his wisedome more apparent committed an Embassage vnto him to be performed in a Citie called Carahan vnto the which he could scarcely attayne in sixe moneths space But he carrying himselfe wisely in all things discharged what hee had in comission not without the commendation and fauour of the Prince And knowing the Emperour was delighted with nouelties in the Countries which he passed thorow he diligently searched the customes and manners of men and the conditions of the Countries making a memoriall of all which he knew and saw to pleasure the Great Chan. And in sixe and twentie yeeres which he continued one of his Court he was so acceptable to him that he was continually sent thorow all his Realmes and Signiories for the affaires of the Great Chan and sometimes for his owne but by the Chans order And this is the true reason that the said Master Marco learned and saw so many nouelties of the East which follow in order diligently written But these Venetians hauing stayd in that Court many yeeres and growne very rich in Iewels of great value were inflamed with desire to visit their Countrey fearing that if the Chan now old should die they should not bee able to returne One day Master Nicolo seeing the Chan merrie craued licence to depart in the name of all three Whereat hee was moued and asked why they would put themselues on so dangerous a iourney and if they wanted riches he would giue them twice as much as they had and in great loue would not permit their departure Yet in the meane space it happened that a King of the Indians named Argon sent three wise men vnto the Court of Great Cublai whose names were Vlatai Apusca Coza to treat with him that he wold deliuer him a wife for his wife named Bolgana being lately dead begged this grace of the King at the point of death and left in her Wil that he should not marrie a wife of another Familie then her owne which was of Catay King Cublai therefore yeelding to his request caused to be fought out for them a faire young Mayden of seuenteene yeeres of age named Cogatin descended of the said Queenes stocke and to be the wife of Argon These Embassadors departing rode eight moneths the same way they came but found so hot warres betwixt the Tartars that they were constrayned to returne and acquainted the Chan with their proceedings Meane-whiles Master Marco had returned from the parts of India where he had beene employed with certaine ships and declared to the Chan the nouelties of the places and the securitie of those Seas which words hauing passed him the Embassadours conferred with the Venetians and agreed that they with the Queene should goe to the Great Chan and desire leaue to returne by Sea and to haue the three Latines men skilfull in Sea affaires with them to the Countrey of King Argon The Great Chan was much displeased with their request yet vpon their petition granted it and caused Nicolo Maffio and Marco to come to his presence and after much demonstration of his loue would haue them promise to returne to him after they had spent some time in Christendome and at their owne house And he caused to giue them a Tablet of Gold in which was written his commandement for their libertie and securitie thorow all his Dominions and that expenses should bee giuen them and theirs and a Guide or conuoy for safe passage ordayning also that they should be his Embassadours to the Pope the Kings of France of Spayne and to other Christian Kings Hee caused fourteene ships to be prepared each hauing foure Masts and able to beare nine Sayles in sayling the forme of which is too long here to relate Foure of them or fiue had from two hundred and fiftie to two
noble Kingdome of Mangi And doe not thinke that wee haue handled in order the whole Prouince of Cataio yea I haue not spoken of the twentieth part For M. Polo passing by the said Prouince hath onely described the Cities in his way leauing those on both hands and those betwixt these to preuent tediousnesse The Prouince of Mangi is the most rich and famous that is found in the East and An. 1269. had a certaine King named Fanfur richer and mightier then any which had reigned there in an hundred yeeres but a man peaceable and full of almesdeeds so beloued of his subiects that thereby and by the strength of the Countrie he seemed inuincible Whereby it came to passe that the King aswell as the People lost the vse and exercise of Warre and Armes All the Cities were compassed with Ditches a Bow shoot broad full of Water Hee held in pay no Horses because he feared none And hence it came to passe that the King giuing himselfe to pleasure more then was meete enioyed continuall delights He maintayned about a thousand goodly Lasses with which he passed his time in pleasure He nourished Iustice and preserued Peace No man durst offend his Neighbour and disturbe the Peace for feare of seuere vnpartiall punishment So that Artificers would often leaue their Shops full of Wares open by night and yet none would presume to enter into them Trauailers and strangers most safely walked day and night throughout that whole Kingdom fearing no man The King himselfe also was pitifull and mercifull towards the Poore and forsooke not them that were oppressed with necessitie or pinched with penurie Besides euery yeere hee tooke vp twentie thousand young Infants cast off by their Mothers which through pouertie were not able to keepe them which he brought vp and set them when they were growne to some Trade or married the young Men with the Maids which hee had in like sort educated Cublai Can was of a differing disposition to Fanfur and delighted onely in Warres and Conquests and to make himselfe Great he sent a great Armie leuied of Horse and Foot and made one named Chinsan Baian that is one hundred eyes Generall thereof Hee therefore comming with his Armie and a Fleet to the Prouince of Mangi first summoned the citie Coiganzu to yeeld obedience to his Emperour Who refusing the same hee departed without any assault giuen to the Citie and required the same of the second Citie which likewise refusing he marched forward to the third and fourth and receiued the like answere of them all But he assaulted the next with great courage and vanquished the same by force and slue euery mothers child therein which so affrighted and terrified the rest that they all presently yeelded Moreouer Great Can sent another great Armie after the former with both which Armies hee marched against the chiefe Citie Quinsai where the King of Mangi resided who mightily terrified as neuer hauing seene any battell fled with his wealth and treasures in ships which he had prepared to certaine impregnable Ilands in the Ocean where he after died committing the custodie of the Citie of Quinsai to his wife bidding her to defend it as well as shee could for being a woman shee need not feare death if shee were taken It is to be obserued that King Fanfur had beene told by his Diuiners that his Kingdome should neuer be taken from him but by one which had an hundred eyes which the Queene knew and therefore was still in hope not to lose the Citie howsoeuer streightned thinking it impossible for one man to haue an hundred eyes But one day she heard that the Commander of the Tartars was called Baian Chinsan that is to say An hundred eyes and was much terrified wherefore calling for the Commander of the Tartars Armie thinking him to bee the man which the Astrologers spake of shee deliuereth the Citie vnto him Which being heard the Citizens and Inhabitants of the whole Prouince reuolted to the obedience of great Can. The Queene was sent vnto the Court of great Can and was most honourably receiued by him and maintayned like a Queene And now wee will speake of the Cities of Mangi §. VIII Of the Cities of Mangi now called China and the rarities thereof the many wonders of Quinsai the Palaces Pleasures Rites and Gouernment obserued by the Natiues and the Tartars COiganzu is a faire and rich Citie situate towards the South-east and East in the entrance of the Prouince of Mangi from Cataio whence the Authour passed where are alway great store of ships being seated on the Riuer Caramoran Great store of Merchandise is carried thither Salt is also made there in great abundance Going from Coiganzu you ride towards the South-east one dayes iourney on a stone Causie on both sides whereof are great Fennes with deepe waters whereon they may passe with ships neither is there any entrance into Mangi but by shipping as the Captaine of the Can did but by this Causie At the end of that dayes iourney is a Citie called Paughin great and faire The people make clothes of Gold and of Silke are Merchants and Idolaters The Paper money of great Can is receiued throughout that whole Countrey It is plentifull of all necessaries of life To the Citie Caim is from Paughin one dayes iourney South-east and this is also a famous Citie abounding with fish and game of beasts and fowle especially Phesants are found there in exceeding great plentie as great as Peacocks of which you may haue three for one Venetian groat Proceeding further hence one dayes iourney you come thorow a well manured and peopled Countrey to the Citie Tingui which although it be not great yet hath it exceeding great plentie of victuals They are Merchants and very many ships are also there plentie of beasts and fowles It is seated to the South-east and on the left hand towards the East three dayes iourney off is the Ocean and in the space betweene are very many Salt pits and they make great store of Salt After this is Cingui a great Citie whence the Countrey is furnished with Salt whereof the Can makes great profit beyond beliefe They are Idolaters and haue Paper money From Cingui riding towards the South-east you meet with the noble Citie Iangui vnder the gouernment whereof are other Cities seuen and twentie in number And in that Citie resideth one of the twelue Barons which are Gouernours of Prouinces chosen by the great Can. They are Idolaters and liue of Merchandise They make Armes and Harnasse for warre And Master Marco had the sole gouernment thereof by commission of the great Can three yeeres together in stead of one of those Barons Nanghin is a Prouince to the West one of the greatest and noblest of Mangi a place of great Merchandise They are Idolaters spend Paper money haue store of beasts and fowle wilde and tame They make
some part to this solace with their Friends or with Women in the Lake or else by Chariots riding thorow the Citie which is also another of the Quinsay pleasures For all the streets are paued with stone as also are all the high Wayes in the Prouince of Mangi onely for the Postes is left on the side a space vnpaued The principall street of Quinsay is paued ten paces on each hand and in the midst it is full of Grauell with passages for the Water which keepe it alway cleane On this street are alway innumerable long close Chariots accommodated with Clothes and Cushions of silke for six persons which solace themselues in the street or goe to Gardens and there passe the time in places made by the Gardeners for that purpose and returne at night in the said Chariots When one is borne the Father sets downe the print of Time and with that note goes to the Astrologer to consult of his future fortunes Of these Astrologers are a great number in euery Market place They will not celebrate a marriage without such consultation When one dies that is of note his Kindred clothe themselues in Canuasse and so both Men and Women accompanie him to the burning place playing on Instruments and singing all the way prayers to their Idols and being comne to the place cast into the fire many Papers of Cotton whereon are painted Slaues Horses Camels Clothes of gold and silke Monies which they thinke hee shall really possesse in another World and make such minstrelsie in conceit of the ioy wherewith the Idols there receiue his Soule where hee beginneth they say to liue anew In euery street are Towres of stone whither in danger of fire they vse to carrie their goods their timber houses being much subiect to such casualtie The Can hath ordayned that on the most part of the Bridges day and night there stand vnder a couert ten Guardians fiue by day and fiue by night and in euery Guard is a Tabernacle of Wood with a great Bason whereby they know the houres of the day and night which at euery houres end the Warders strike to notifie what houre one two c. beginning at the Sunne rising and then againe at the beginning of the night They walke vp and downe and if any haue a light or fire after the deputed time they cause him to answer it before the Iustices or Gouernors aforesaid or if any walke later If any be not able to worke they carrie him to Hospitals of which are exceeding many founded by the Kings of old with great reuenues thorow the Citie When they are well againe they are compelled to worke If a fire happen these from diuers places come to quench it and to carrie the goods into Boats or the Ilands or those Towres for in the night the Citizens dare not come out but those who are in danger The Can alway keepeth here store of his best and faithfullest Souldierie as being the best and richest place in the World Within a mile of each other are builded Rampiers of wood where a sound is made to be heard further off for like purposes When the Can had reduced all Mangi to his obedience hee diuided it being before but one Kingdome into nine parts and set a King ouer each which there administers iustice Euery yeere they giue account to the Cans Officers of the reuenues and other accidents and euery third yeere are charged as all other Officers are One of these Deputie-Kings is resident at Quinsay who is Gouernour of aboue one hundred and fortie Cities all rich and great Nor may this be a wonder seeing in Mangi there are twelue thousand Cities all inhabited with rich and industrious people In euery of which the Can maintayneth a Garrison proportionable to the greatnesse and occasions one thousand ten or twentie thousand not all Tartars but Catayans for the Tartars are Horse-men and keepe where they may exercise their Horses Into Cathay he sends those of Mangi and Cathayans hither such as are fit for Armes of which he makes choise euery third yeere and sends for foure or fiue yeeres together into places twentie dayes iourney from their Countrey and then suffers them to returne home others succeeding And most part of the Cans Receits are this way expended and if any Citie rebell he suddenly from the next Garrisons rayseth an Armie to reduce or destroy them This Citie of Quinsai hath in continuall Garrison thirtie thousand Souldiers and that which hath least hath one thousand in Horse and Foote To speake now of the Palace of King Fanfur his Predecessors caused to enclose a place of ten miles circuit with high walls and diuided it into three parts That in the midst was entred by one Gate on the one side and the other were great and large Galleries the Roofe sustayned by Pillars painted and wrought with gold and fine azure these were smaller at the entrie and the further the greater the fairest at the end the Roofe fairely adorned with gold and on all the Walls were painted the stories of the former Kings artificially There euery yeere on certaine Idoll holy-dayes Fanfur kept his Court and feasted his principall Lords the great Masters and rich Artificers of Quinsai ten thousand at a time vnder those Terraces This dured ten or twelue dayes with incredible magnificence euery guest indeuouring to present himselfe in greatest pompe Behinde this middle-most building was a wall and going out which diuided the Palace in which was as it were a Cloyster with Pillars sustayning the Porch or Terrace round about the Cloyster wherein were Chambers for the King and Queene curiously wrought From this Cloyster was entrance into a Gallerie six paces wide in length extending to the Lake all couered On each side of this Gallerie were ten Courts answering one another fashioned like Cloysters each Court hauing fiftie Chambers with their Gardens and in them one thousand Lasses abode which the King kept for his seruice who sometimes with the Queene sometimes with them went in his Barge on the Lake for solace or to visit his Idoll Temples The other two parts of the Serraile were diuided into Groues Lakes Gardens planted with Trees in which were inclosed all sorts of beasts Roes Bucks Stags Hares Conies and there the King solaced himselfe with his Damsels in Charets or on Horse-backe no man entring there There did he cause These to hunt with his Dogs wearie whereof they went into those Groues which answered one another ouer the Lakes and there leauing their garments came forth naked and set themselues a swimming in the Kings presence Sometimes hee would take his repast in those Groues being serued by those Damsels without once thinking of Armes which sweet meat cost him the soure sawce yee haue heard All this was told mee by a rich old Merchant of Quinsai whiles I was there one which had beene an inward familiar of King Fanfur
Chesmacoran are thirteene Kingdomes India minor is from Ziambi to Murfili in which are eight Kingdomes besides Ilands many The second or middle India is called Abascia The chiefe King is a Christian there are six other Kings three Christians and three Saracens subiect to him there are also Iewes Saint Thomas hauing preached in Nubia came to Abascia and there did the like and after to Malabar They are great Warriors alway in Armes against the Soldan of Adem and the people of Nubia I heard that An. 1288. the great Abissine would haue visited Ierusalem but being disswaded by reason of Saracen Kingdomes in the way he sent a Bishop of holy life to doe his deuotions who in his returne was taken by the Soldan of Adem and circumcised by force whereupon the Abissine raysed a power discomfited the Soldan with two other Mahumetan Kings tooke and spoyled Adem Abascia is rich in gold Escier is subiect to Adem fortie miles distant South-east where is store of white Frankincense very good which drops from small Trees by incision of the barke a rich merchandise c. Some in that Countrey for want of Corne make Bisket of Fish whereof they haue great plentie They also feede their beasts with fishes They take them in March April and May c. Hauing spoken of the Prouinces on the Coast I will now returne to some Prouinces more to the North where many Tartars dwell which haue a King called Caidu of the Race of Cingis Can but subiect to none These obserue the customes of their old Progenitors dwell not in Cities Castles or Fortresses but abide with their King in the Fields Playnes Valleyes and Forests and are esteemed true Tartars They haue no sort of Corne but liue of Flesh and Milke in great peace They haue store of Horses Kine Sheepe and other beasts There are found great white Beares twentie palmes long black Foxes very great wilde Asses and little beasts called Roudes which beare the Sable Furres and Vari arcolini and those which are called Pharaos rats which the Tartars are cunning to take The great Lakes which are frozen except in a few moneths of the yeere cause that the Summer is scarse to bee trauelled for myre And therefore the Merchants to buy their Furres for fourteene dayes iourney thorow the Desart haue set vp for each day a house of Wood where they abide and barter and in Winter they vse Sleds without wheeles and plaine in the bottome rising with a semi-circle at the top or end drawne easily on the Ice by beasts like great Dogs six yoked by couples the Sledman only with his Merchant and Furres sitting therein In the end of the Region of these Tartars is a Countrey reaching to the furthest North called Darknesse because the most part of the Winter moneths the Sunne appeares not and the Ayre is thicke and darkish as betimes in the morning with vs. The men there are pale and great haue no Prince and liue like beasts The Tartars oft rob them of their Cattell in those darke moneths and left they should lose their way they ride on Mares which haue Colts sucking which they leaue with a Guard at the entrance of that Countrey where the Light beginneth to faile and when they haue taken their prey giue reynes to the Mares which hasten to their Colts In their long continued day of Summer they take many the finest Furres one occasion of the Tartars going to rob them of which I haue heard some are brought into Russia Russia is a great Countrey in that Northerne Darknesse the people are Greeke Christians the Men and Women faire and pay Tribute to the King of the Tartars of the West on whom they border on the East There is store of Furres Waxe and Minerals of siluer It reacheth as I was told to the Ocean Sea in which are store of Gerfalcons and Falcons To the Reader IN this admirable Voyage of Polo I confesse Inopem me copia fecit the Translation which I had of Master Hakluyts from the corrupted Latine being lesse then nothing nimirum damno auctus fui did me no steed but losse whiles I would compare it with the Latine and thought to amend it by the Italian and was forced at last to reiect both Latine and English and after much vexation to present thee this as it is out of Ramusio I haue not giuen thee word for word as an exact Translator but the sense in all things substantiall with longer Relations then I haue admitted in others because many which haue read M. Paulus neuer saw M. Polo nor know the worth of the worthiest Voyage that perhaps any one man hath written a man credible in that which hee saw himselfe in some things receiued by Relation rather telling what he heard then that which I dare beleeue and specially toward the end of his third Booke which I haue therefore more abridged Pitie it is that time hath so gnawne and eaten some-where and some-where deuoured vtterly many his names and Tracts which new Lords and new Lawes the Saracenicall Conquests especially euer since his time in those parts haue caused And farre easier by the Cans greatnesse then and his employments vnder him might hee know the World in those times then in the combustions long since begunne and still continued in diuersified and quarrelling States is possible the Saracens quarrelling with Ethnikes Christians and other Saracens the Tartars diuided and sub-diuided into so many quarrelsome Serpentine heads whereby that hugenesse is broken in pieces the Chinois and others prohibiting ingresse of strangers egresse of their owne that I mention not Ethnike and Moorish Diuisions amongst themselues In the same time with Polo liued this following Armenian of whom Ramusio relateth and this Discourse intimateth that the Holy Land being quite lost Pope Clement the Fift minding to recouer it was giuen to vnderstand of helpes which might be gotten from the Tartars and withall of this Haiton or Antonie a Kinsman of the King of Armenia then liuing a Monke or Frier of the Order Premonstratensis in Episcopia in Cyprus who in his young time had beene exercised in the Warres betwixt the Tartars and Egyptian Soldans by whom he might receiue the best Intelligence of Tartarian Affaires He therefore as hee first remoued the Court from Rome to France where it abode seuentie yeares caused the said Hayton to be brought from Cyprus to France with all his Memorials and Writings of that subiect and being comne to Poitiers caused one Nicolo di Falcon a Frenchman to write in French which the other dictated in Armenian which was done Anno 1307. A Copie of this Storie written aboue two hundred yeares since came to Ramâsioes hand whereto I here that I say not you are beholden whence hee tooke that which concerned the Tartars omitting the rest or remitting rather his Reader to M. Polo Betwixt which two some difference may seeme but so little that Wisemen need no aduertisement thereof One
his demands that are lawfull and honest Therefore to you O King of Armenia Wee returne this answere That wee will accept of all your Requests made and will cause them all God-willing to bee duely accomplished first I my selfe being Emperour and Lord of the Tartarians will bee baptised in that Faith which the Christians hold at this day wishing and aduising all my Subiects to doe the like yet not entending to force any thereunto To your second We will and agree that there be a perpetuall peace betweene the Tartarians and Christians yet with this caution that your selfe bee a chiefe Pledge and Suretie that the Christians obserue on their behalfe the like peace and amitie towards vs as wee for our part intend inuiolably to keepe towards them Wee grant also That all the Churches of Christians and their Clergie-men whatsoeuer either Secular or Religious shall enioy their Priuiledge and Immunitie of Libertie and Exemption throughout the Dominions of our Empire and that none shall molest them any kinde of wayes Touching the matter of the holy Land we say That if we could conueniently we would willingly goe thither in person for the reuerence we beare to our Lord Iesus Christ. But because we haue many occasions of importance to stay vs in these parts wee will take order with our Brother Haloon for the due accomplishment of that seruice in all points as it behooueth for the freeing of the Citie of Hierusalom and all the holy Land out of the hands of the Pagans and restoring it to the Christians Concerning the Caliph of Baldach We will giue order to Baydo our Captaine of the Tartarians which are in the Kingdome of Turkie and the rest thereabouts that they bee all obedient to our Brother whom wee will haue to destroy the Caliph as our capitall and deadly Enemie The Charter which the King of Armenia desireth for assistance from the Tartarians Wee wish it to bee drawne according to his desire and wee are readie in all things to confirme it Lastly whereas the King Armenia requireth That the Lands of his Kingdome which the Saracens had taken from and haue since beene recouered by the Tartarians may be restored vnto him we freely and frankly accord it willing our Brother Haloon to see such restitution made without delay 24. After that Mango Can had thus liberally accorded the Requests of the King of Armenia and confirmed them by Charters he would forth with receiue the Sacrament of Baptisme and was accordingly baptised by the hands of a certaine Bishop who was Chancellor of the King of Armenia and all that were of his houshold with many other great Personages of both Sexes And then he made choice of such as were to accompany his Brother Haloon about the enterprize of the Holy Land After Haloon and the King of Armenia departed and rode both together vntill they passed ouer the great Riuer Phison then Haloon with his mightie Armie inuaded the Countreyes and Lands euery where and in lesse then six moneths hee subdued easily the whole Kingdome of Persia because it was without a Ruler or Gouernour and tooke in all the Countreyes without resistance euen till he came to the Land of certayne Infidels which are called Assassini hauing neither Law nor Religion but liuing as their Prince and Lord commonly called Sexmontio instructeth them at whose pleasure and commandement they willingly and readily expose themselues to death These had a certayne impregnable Castle called Tigado which was so well furnished with all kind of necessary prouision and so strongly built and seated that they feared no assault Haloon therefore commanded one of his Captaynes to take with him tenne thousand of those Tartarians which hee had left in Persia and in no wise to depart from the siege of that Castle vntill hee had taken it so that they remayned at the siege thereof by the space of seuen yeares both Winner and Summer which at last was yeelded vp by the Assassini only for want of clothes but not for any penury of victuals or scarsitie of any other thing whiles Haloon employed himselfe in ordering of the Kingdome of Persia and besieging the Castle of the Assassini the King of Armenia tooke leaue of him to returne because hee had beene long out of his Kingdome Haloon therefore licenced him to depart and giuing him many great gifts directed his Precept to Baydo residing in the Kingdome of Turkie which he had subdued that he should conduct him safely to the entrance of his owne Kingdome which in all things he fulfilled so that after three yeares and a halfe of absence the King of Armenia through the mercie of Iesus Christ came ioyfully home into his owne Countrey 25. Haloon hauing ordered the Kingdome of Persia in conuenient manner went into a certayne Prouince neere to Armenia called Sorloch where he reposed and recreated himselfe all the Sommer and at the beginning of Winter he besieged Baldach in which the Caliph resided who was the chiefe Master and Doctor of the Irreligious Sect of Mahometisme for which Enterprize Haoloon re-enforced his Army with thirtie thousand Tarrarians that were in the Kingdome of Turkie and assaulting the Citie by the shoare hee tooke the same without any great difficultie or delay The Caliph was brought aliue into the presence of Haloon and there was found in Baldach so much Treasure and Riches as would scarcely bee beleeued to bee in all the World besides This Citie of Baldach was taken in the yeere 1258. 26. When Haoloon had disposed of the Citie of Baldach he caused the Caliph to be brought vnto him and all his Treasure to be laid before him Then he demanded of him whether he had beene Lord of all that Treasure who affirming it was asked againe why hee had not made vse thereof in procuring the ayde of his Neighbours and leuyed mercenarie Souldiers to defend him and his Countrey from the power of the Tartarians whose answere was that hee thought his owne people had been sufficient Then said Haloon to the Caliph thou art said to be the chiefe Doctor Teacher of all that beleeue the deceiuing Doctrine of Mahomet receiuest rewards and Gifts of them all therefore such and so precious a Master must be fed with no other meate but with these precious things which thou hast loued and kept so carefully all which wee giue thee for thy sustenance and so commanded that the Caliph should bee shut into a Chamber and that his Pearle and Gold should bee set before him that hee might eate as much as hee would thereof but that no other meate nor drinke should be giuen him by which meanes the miserable wretch ended his life after a miserable manner And there was no other Caliph in Baldach after him 27. After that Haoloon had subdued Baldach and all the Countrey round about hee distributed the Prouinces amongst his Captaines and Rulers as he thought good giuing charge that the Christians should
but ours is better they would all depart and leaue me alone Further they being very ignorant presumed to be very wise and the common people did hold them for such all their knowledge being ignorances and Heathenish follies They make seuen and twenty Heauens some where there is meate and drinke and faire women whether they say all liuing things doe goe euen the Flea and the Lowse for they say that as they haue soules that they must liue in the other World And to these they say all doe goe that are not Religious men as they are They place others higher whether they say their holy Priests doe goe that liue in the Wildernesses and all the felicitie they giue them there is to sit refreshing themselues with the wind They place others yet higher the gods of the which they say haue round bodies like Bowles those which goe to these Heauens and the honour wâich they giue them is to giue them round bodies as the Gods themselues haue And euen as they make many Heauens so they doe many Hels for they make thirteene to the which they goe according to the grieuousnesse of the sinnes of euery one eyther higher or lower They haue a diuision of their religious men for some they call Massancraches which are as supreame which sit aboue the King others they call Nascendeches which are as our Bishoppes here These sit equall with the King Others they call Mitires which are in the common degree of Priests which do sit vnder the King vnder the which there are yet two degrees which they call Chaynizes and Sazes And all these they ascend in degree so they doe in vanitie and pride and are more reuerenced Besides all this there is another very great inconuenience that except the Priests and all those that holds themselues for Religious men all the rest are slaues of the King and when the owner of the House dyeth all that is in it returneth to the King and let the Wife and Children hide what they can and begin to seeke a new life the people of the Countrey is of such a nature that nothing is done that the King knoweth not and any bodie be he neuer so simple may speake with the King wherefore euery one seeketh newes to carry vnto him to haue an occasion for to speake with him whereby without the Kings good will nothing can be done and wee haue already shewed before that hee is vnwilling to the matter of Christianitie To these things was joyned some disorders of the Portugals so that by all meanes I found crosses and inconueniences for to obtayne my desires and my pretence wherefore I hauing beene in the Countrey about a yeare and seeing I could make no fruit beside the passing of grieuous sicknesses I determined to leaue this Countrey and because they told mee many things of China and the people of it to haue a disposition to Christianitie and that they loued reason I determined seeing in this Countrey I did no good nor baptized more then one Gentile which I left in the Caue to goe to China in a ship of China which was then in the Countrey in which they carryed me with a very good will giuing me the best roome in the ship not taking any interest of me yea they dealt very charitably with me This name China is not the proper name of the people of this Countrey nor of the Countrey it selfe neither is there commonly in the Countrey notice of such a name onely among all the people of India and among those which dwell in the South parts as in Malaca Siam Iaoa this denomination of Chinas goeth currant and also among those Chinas which doe traffique among vs. The proper name of the Countrey is Tame the e. not well pronounced but almost drowning it and the name of the people of the Countrey is Tamgin whence this name China doth come which is currant among the strangers we know not but it may be conjectured that the people which in old time did sayle to those parts because they passed by the Coast of a Kingdome which they call Cauchin-china and traffique in it and victuall and take refreshings there for the Iourney of the Countrey that lyeth forward which is that of China in the which Kingdome they liue after the manner of the Chinas and is subject to the Chinas it sâemeth that omitting Cauchin from the denomination of this other Kingdome they called all the Countrey that lyeth along China China is a great part of Scythia for as Herodotus saith Scythia extendeth it selfe vnto India which may be vnderstood because the Chinas did possesse many parts of India and did conquer them of old time whereof at this day there are some Monuments as in the Coast of Choromandell which is towards the Coast of the Kingdome of Narsinga on that side which we call Saint Thome because there is a House built by the Apostle and the Relikes of his bodie There is at this day a great Temple of Idols which is a maâke for the Nauigators to know the Coast which is very low the which as the men of the Countrey affirme was made by the Chinas of whom there remayned among them a perpetuall memory and therefore they call it Pagode of the Chinas which is to say Temple of the Chinas And in the Kingdome of Callecut which is the head of Mâlauar there be very ancient fruit-trees which the men of the Countrey say were planted by the Chinas and on the shoales of Chilao which doe runne from the Iland of Ceylan toward the Coast of Cheromandel is affirmed by the men of the Countrey a great Army of the Chinas to be cast away which came for India which was lost because the Chinas were but young in that Nauigation And so the men of the Countrey say the Chinas were Lords of all Iaoa and of Iautana which is the Kingdome of Malaca Siam and of Chapaa as it is commonly affirmed in those parts wherefore some doe affirme many of this people to bee like the Chinas that is hauing small eyes flat noses and long faces for the great commixture that the Chinas had with all of them especially with them of Iaoa which commonly are more China-like But the King of China seeing that his Kingdome went to decay and was in danger by their seeking to conqâer other strange Countreyes he with-drew himselfe with his men to his owne Kingdome making a publike Edict vnder paine of death that none of the Countrey should sayle out of the Kindome of China the which lasteth to this day The Liquos are not continued with mayne Land but it is an Iland which standeth in the Sea of China little more or lesse then thirtie leagues from China it selfe In this Iland liue these people which is a well disposed people more to the white then browne It is a cleanly and well attyred people they dresse their haire like women and tye it on the side of
of his way at the last in his direct returne hee met as he was comming our Captaine on the way To whom hee by and by deliuered the Emperours letters which were written to him with all courtesie and in the most louing manner that could bee wherein expresse commandement was giuen that post Horses should be gotten for him and the rest of his company without any money Which thing was of all the Russes in the rest of their iourney so willingly done that they began to quarrell yea and to fight also in striuing and contending which of them should put their poste horses to the Sled so that after much adoe and great paines taken in this long and wearie iourney for they had trauelled very neere fifteene hundred miles Master Chancelor came at last to Mosco the chiefe Citie of the Kingdome and the seate of the King HONDIVS his Map of Russia Russia cum Confinijs Touching the Riphean Mountaines whereupon the Snow lyeth continually and where hence in times past it was thought that Tanais the riuer did spring and that the rest of the wonders of nature which the Grecians fained and inuented of old were there to bee seene our men which lately came from thence neither saw them nor yet haue brought home any perfect relation of them although they remayned there for the space of three moneths and had gotten in that time some intelligence of the language of Moscouie The whole Countrey is plaine and champion and few hils in it and towards the North it hath very large and spacious Woods wherein is great store of Firre trees a wood very necessarie and fit for the building of houses there are also wilde beasts bred in those woods as Buffes Beares and blacke Wolues and another kinde of beast vnknowen to vs but called by them Rossomakka and the nature of the same is very rare and wonderfull for when it is great with young and ready to bring foorth it seeketh out some narrow place betweene two stakes and so going through them presseth it selfe and by that meanes is eased of her burthen which otherwise could not bee done They hunt their Buffes for the most part a horse-backe but their Beares a foot with woodden forkes The North parts of the Countrey are reported to bee so cold that the very Ice or water which distilleth out of the moyst wood which they lay vpon the fire is presently congealed and frozen the diuersitie growing sodainly to bee so great that in one and the selfe-same fire-brand a man shall see both fire and Ice When the winter doth once begin there it doth still more and more increase by a perpetuitie of cold neither doth that cold slake vntill the force of the Sunne beames doth dissolue the cold and make glad the earth returning to it againe Our Mariners which wee left in the ship in the meane time to keepe it in their going vp onely from their cabbins to the hatches had their breath oftentimes so suddenly taken away that they eft-soones fell downe as men very neere dead so great is the sharpenesse of that cold Climate but for the South parts of the Countrey they are somewhat more temperate The Copie of the Duke of Moscouie and Emperour of Russia his Letters sent to King EDWARD the Sixth by the hands of RICHARD CHANCELOVR THe Almightie power of God and the incomprehensible holy Trinitie rightfull Christian Beliefe c. We great Duke Iuan Vasiliuich by the Grace of God great Lord and Emperour of all Russia great Duke of Volodemer Mosco and Nouograd King of Kazan King of Astracan Lord of Plesko and great Duke of Smolensko of Twerria Ioughoria Permia Vadska Bulghoria and others Lord and great Duke of Nouograd in the Low Countrey of Chernigo Rezan Polotskoy Rostoue Yaruslaueley Bealozera Liefland Oudoria Obdoria and Condensa Commander of all Siberia and of the North parts and Lord of many other Countries greeting Before all right great and worthy of honour Edward King of England c. according to our most heartie and good zeale with good intent and friendly desire and according to our holy Christian Faith and great Gouernance and being in the light of great vnderstanding our Answere by this our Honourable Writing vnto your Kingly Gouernance at the request of your faithfull Seruant Richard Chancelour with his company as they shall let you wisely know is this In the strength of the twentieth yeare of our Gouernance be it knowne that at our Sea-coasts arriued a ship with one Richard and his company and said that he was desirous to come into our Dominions and according to his request hath seene our Maiestie and our eyes and hath declared vnto vs your Maiesties desire as that wee should grant vnto your Subiects to goe and come and in our Dominions and among our Subiects to frequent free Marts with all sorts of Merchandizes and vpon the same to haue warreâ for their returne And they haue also deliuered vs your Letters which declare the same request And hereupon wee haue giuen order that wheresoeuer your faithfull Seruant Hugh Willoughbie land or touch in our Dominions to be well entertayned who as yet is not arriued as your Seruant Richard can declare And we with Christian beliefe and faithfulnesse and according to your Honourable request and my Honourable commandement will not leaue it vndone and are furthermore willing that you send vnto vs your ships and Vessels when and as often as they may haue passage with good assurance on our part to see them harmlesse And if you send one of your Maiesties counsell to treate with vs whereby your Countrey Merchants may with all kindes of Wares and where they will make their Market in our Dominions they shall haue their free Mart with all free Liberties through my whole Dominions with all kinde of Wares to come and goe at their pleasure without any let damage or impediment according to this our Letter our Word and our Seale which wee haue commanded to be vnder sealed Written in our Dominion in our Citie and our Palace in the Castle of Mosco in the yeare 7060. the second Moneth of Februarie This Letter was written in the Moscouian Tongue in Letters much like to the Greeke Letters very faire written in Paper with a broad Seale hanging at the same sealed in Paper vpon Waxe This Seale was much like the Broad Seale of England hauing on the one side the Image of a man on Horse-backe in complete Harnesse fighting with a Dragon Vnder this Letter was another Paper written in the Dutch Tongue which was the Interpretation of the other written in the Moscouian Letters These Letters were sent the next yeare after the date of King Edwards Letters 1554. After this entercourse of Letters and Embassages passed betwixt King Philip and Queene Marie and the Moscouite and the Moscouie Company was instituted and receiued Priuiledges both from their owne and that Forraine Prince a second Voyage beeing set
to discouer by Sea North-east and North-west named for Cathay being chiefly procured by priuiledge from King Edward the sixt and other his Nobilitie by and at the cost and sute of Master Sebastian Cabota then Gouernour for Discoueries with Sir Andrew Iudde Sir George Barnes Sir William Garrard Master Anthony Hussie and a companie of Merchants was in the last yeere of his Maiesties raigne 1553. The generall charge whereof was committed to one Sir Hugh Willoughbie Knight a goodly Gentleman accompanied with sufficient number of Pilots Masters Merchants and Marriners hauing three Ships well furnished to wit The Bona Sperança the Edward Bonauenture and the Confidentia The Edward Bonauenture Richard Chancelor being Pilot and Steuen Burrough Master hauing discouered Ward-house vpon the Coast of Finmark by storme or fogge departed from the rest found the Bay of Saint Nicholas now the chiefe Port of Russia there wintred in safetie and had ayde of the people at a Village called Newnox The other two ships attempting further Northwards as appeared by Pamphlets found after written by Sir Hugh Willoughbie were in September encountred with such extreame cold that they put backe to seeke a wintring place and missing the said Bay fell vpon a desaât Coast in Lappia entring into a Riuer immediately frozen vp since discouered named Arzina Reca distant East from a Russian Monasterie of Monkes called Pechingho from whence they neuer returned but all to the member of seuentie persons perished which was for want of experience to haue madâ Caues and Stoues These were found with the Ships the next Summer Anno 1554. by Russe-fishermen and in Anno 1555. the place sent vnto by English Merchants as hereafter appeareth Anno 1554. the said ship Edward Bonauenture although robbed homewards by Flemings returned with her companie to London shewing and setting foorth their entertainments and discouerie of the Countries euen to the Citie of Mosco from whence they brought a priuiledge written in Russe with the Kings or great Dukes seale the other two ships looked for and vnknowne to them where they were Anno 1555. the said companie of Merchants for a discouerie vpon a new supply sent thither againe with two Ships to wit the Edward Bonauenture and another bearing the name of the King and Queene Philip and Marie whose Maiesties by their Letters to the said Muscouite recommended sundry their subiects then passing whereof certaine to wit Richard Chancelor George Killingworth Henrie Lane and Arthur Edwards after their arriuall at the Bay and passing vp Dwina to Nologda went first vp to Mosco where vpon knowledge of the said Letters they with their trayne had speciall entertainment with houses and dyet appointed and shortly permitted to the Princes presence they were with Gentlemen brought through the Citie of Mosco to the Castle and Palace replenished with numbers of people and some gunners They entred sundry roomes furnished in shew with ancient graue personages all in long garments of sundry colours Gold Tissue Baldekin and Violet as our Vestments and Copes haue beene in England sutable with Caps Iewels and Chaines These were found to bee no Courtiers but ancient Muscouites Inhabitants and other their Merchants of credit as the manner is furnished thus from the Wardrobe and Treasurie waiting and wearing this apparell for the time and so to restore it Then entring into the Presence being a large roome floored with Carpets were men of more estate and richer shew in number aboue one hundred set square who after the said English-men came in doing reuerence they all stood vp the Prince onely sitting and yet rising at any occasion when our King and Queenes names were read or spoken Then after speeches by interpretation our men kissing his hand and bidden to dinner were stayed in another roome and at dinner brought through where might bee seene massie siluer and gilt Plate some like and as bigge as Kilderkins and Wash-bowles and entring the Dining place being the greater roome the Prince was set bare-headed his Crowne and rich Cap standing vpon a pinacle by Not farre distanâ sate his Metropolitan with diuers other of his kindred and chiefe Tartarian Captaines none sate ouer against him or any at other Tables their backes towards him which tables all furnished with ghests set there was for the English-men named by the Russes Ghosti Carabelski to wit Strangers or Merchants by ship a table in the midst of the roome where they were set direct against the Prince and then began the seruice brought in by a number of his young Lords and Gentlemen in such rich attire as is aboue specified and still from the Princes table notwithstanding their owne furniture they had his whole messes set ouer all in massie fine Gold deliuered euery time from him by name to them by their seuerall Christian names as they sate viz. Richard George Henrie Arthur Likewise Bread and sundry drinkes of purified Mead made of fine white and clarified Honey At their rising the Prince called them to his table to receiue each one a Cup from his hand to drinke and tooke into his hand Master George Killingworths beard which reacheth ouer the table and pleasantly deliuered it the Metropolitane who seeming to blesse it said in Râsse This is Gods gift As indeed at that time it was not onely thicke broad and yellow coloured but in length fiue foote and two inches of assize Then taking leaue being night they were accompanied and followed with a number carrying pots of drinke and dishes of meate dressed to our lodging This yeere the two Ships with the dead bodyes of Sir Hugh Willoughbie and his people were sent vnto by Master Killingworth which remayned there in Mosco Agent almost two yeeres and much of the goods and victuals were recouered and saued Anno 1556. The Companie sent two Ships for Russia with extraordinarie Masters and Saylers to bring home the two ships which were frozen in Lappia in the riuer of Arzina aforesaid The two ships sent this yeere from England sayling from Lapland to the Bay of Saint Nicholas tooke in lading with passengers to wit a Russe Ambassadour named Ioseph Napea and some of his men shipped with Richard Chancelor in the Edward But so it fell out that the two which came from Lappia with all their new Master and Marriners neuer were heard of but in foule weather and wrought Seas after their two yeeres wintring in Lapland became as is supposed vnstanch and sunke wherein were drowned also diuers Russes Merchants and seruants of the Ambassadour A third ship the Edward aforesaid falling on the North part of Scotland vpon a rocke was also lost and Master Chancelor with diuers other drowned The said Russe Ambassadour hardly escaping with other his men Marriners and some goods saued were sent for into Scotland from the King Queene and Merchants the messenger being Master Doctor Laurence Hussie and others And then as in the Chronicles appeareth honorably entertayned and receiued at London This
then in the Countrey of Preste Iohn to deliuer a letter to Aurique Barbosa the Factor of Antonio Sylueira sent three yeeres before by Nuno de Cunha who with fortie others escaped from the rebellion Xael in which Dom Manoel de Meneses with one hundred and sixtie Portugals were taken foure hundred thousand Duckets and sixe Portugall Ships which were those that Solyman Bassa A. 1538. brought with prouision for his Armada to the siege of Diu the King of Xael hauing sent them with sixtie Portugals for a Cairo present the rest hee bestowed as almes on Mahomets house at Mecca I with three others were sent some dayes iourneys into the Countrey to Barbosa then in the Fort of Geleytor in guard of the Queene mother of the Preste Iohn who welcommed them as the nightly dew to the flowerie Garden and as Helena to Ierusalem so were they said she to her eyes But to leaue those things he went thence to Ormus and then to Goa there offered his seruice to Pero de Faria Captaine of Malaca which entertained him The occurrences of Bata Achem Aaru in Samatra Queda in the continent and his imployments in those parts as also of Siaca Paon Patane I omit He saith that hee was wracked at Sea comming from Aaru of eight and twentie fiue onely escaping two of which the Crocodiles deuoured Hee was taken and sold to a Moore which carried him to Malaca Thence Pero de Faria sent him to Patane in trade from thence againe imployed by Antonio de Faria to Lugor Coia Acem a Guzarate Pirate set vpon them tooke and killed all Burall and Pinto only escaping which leaping into the Sea were reserued by a Barke and sent to Patane Faria afraid to return to Malaca where he was so indebted for those goods vowed to be reuenged of the Pirat And by helpe of his friends armed a Iunke with fiue fifty Souldiers of which I and Borall extreamely both indebted and wounded were From Patane we set forth in May 1540. and to a Hauen called Bralapisaon some sixe leagues off the firme Land where we found a Iunke of the Lequios bound for Siam with an Embassadour of Nautaquim de Lindau Prince of the I le of Tosa situate in six thirty degrees which seeing vs come hasted away with all speed Faria sent a Chinese Pilot to them with faire offers of loue and courtesie who returned with a present a rich Sword and sixe and twentie Pearles in a Boxe of Gold with this answer That the time would come when they should communicate with vs in the Law of the true God of infinite mercy who by his death had giuen life to all men with a perpetuall inheritance in the house of the good and hee beleeued that this should bee after the halfe of the halfe of time were past Neither could Antonie de Faria returne any thing in recompence they being gotten farre into the Sea Heere wee watered and after coasted to search the Riuer of Pulo Cambim which diuides the Kingdome of Champaa from the Seniorie of Camboia in the height of nine degrees Thither we came in the end of May and the Pilot went vp the Riuer three leagues to a great Towne called Catimparù where we stayed to take in prouision twelue dayes Faria being curious desired to know whence that Riuer came the originall thereof they told him was a Lake called Pinator Eastward from that Sea two hundred and sixtie leagues in the Kingdome of Quitirvan which Lake was compassed with high Hills at the bottome of which alongst the waters side were eight and thirtie Townes thirteene great the rest small One of these Great ones was named Xincaleu where was a great Gold Mine whence euery day was taken a Barre and a halfe of Gold which in our money amounteth by the yeere to two and twentie millions of Gold Foure Lords are sharers and are still at warres for a singular proprietie They said that one of these called Raiabitau in the Court of his house in iarres had set vp to the necke in earth six hundred Bars of Gold in poulder as good as that of Menancabo in Samatra and that if three hundred of our men were sent thither with one hundred Caliuers they would without doubt become masters thereof They said also that in Buaquirim another of those Townes was a Rocke of Diamonds better then those of Laue and of Taniampura in the I le of Iaua Proceeding along the Coast of Champaa from Pullo Cambim we came to a shelfe called Saleyiacuu and the next day to the Riuer Toobasoy in the mouth whereof a Iunke passed by to which we offered the courtesie of the Sea and they in scorne made shew of a Negroes Buttockes with many trumpets and other iollitie Hence grew displeasure in the night three Barks came to assaile vs which we tooke with the Captain two Acheners a Turke the Negro This Negro confessed himselfe a Christian slaue to Gasper de Mello a Portugall whom that dogge he pointed to the bound Captaine slew two yeeres since in Liampoo with sixe and twentie Portugals besides with him in the Ship What said Faria is this Similau Yea said he and he had thought in so small a Barke there had not beene aboue sixe or seuen and hee would haue bound your hands and feet and impaled you as hee serued my master Faria hauing serued him and his with the same sauce tooke the Iunke in which was thirtie six thousand Taeis of Iapon Siluer which make fiftie foure thousand Cruzados or Duckets besides much good merchandize Faria proceeded alongst the Coast of Champaa and came to the Riuer Tinacoru by our men called Varella into which enter the Ships of Siam and the Malaya Coast which goe for China and Truck for Gold Calamba and Iuory whereof that Kingdome hath store Many Paraos or small Barkes came aboord vs and wondred to see white men with beards They told him that if he would goe vp the Riuer to the Citie Pilaucacem where the King resides hee might in fiue dayes sell his goods for great Merchants resorted thither from the Lauhos and Pafuaas and Gueos That Riuer they said came from the Hill Moncalor eightie leagues from that place and beyond that Hill it is much larger but shallower in some places making shallow fields where bred infinite store of Fowles which couer the ground in such innumerable numbers that two and fortie yeeres before they caused the Kingdome of Chintaleuhos which is eight dayes iourney to be dispeopled Beyond that Country of Birds is another wilde and mountainous where abide many creatures much worse then those Birds Elephants Rhinocerotes Lions Wilde-swine Buffals and Wilde-kine In the midst of that Land or Kingdome so it had beene in old time is a great Lake which the Natiues call Cunebetee others Chiammay from which proceeds this riuer with other three in great quantitie washing that land That
the left hand an Arab Dagger on the right the other part of their habite Iaponian The pompe of all sorts and the Ordnance attended them to the Vatican there the Italian Garrison and Heluetian Guard with their Peeces and military Musicke receiued them Then were they lead into the Hall and after all things there finished the Legates carried the Popes traine at his departure And on the fiue and twentieth day festiuall for the Annuntiation the Pope going on solemne Procession these Legates rode in the last place What should I say more sayth our Authour it cannot be told how all magnifie the mercy of God which brings farre more at this time from the East and West to the Catholike Church then the Deuill hath seduced in the North. These Iaponian Lords returned into India 1586. as Valignanus writeth and were much endangered by a tempest Their returne into Iapon is signified by the Letters of Michael to the Archbishop of Ebora testifying their arriuall the one and twentieth of Iuly 1590. at Nangasach with the said Valignanus and by the Letter of Don Sancius Sonne and Successour to Bartholmew Prince of Omur to Pope Xistus the fifth with thankes for the wood of the Crosse and the Sword sent his Father which should be kept amongst his principall Iewels Protasius also the King of Arima wrote to the Great and most holy Pope Xistus or Sixtus in this manner On the sixteenth of the sixth Moone which was the one and twentieth of Iuly 1690. heere arriued the Father Visitour of the Societie of Iesus with Cingiua Don Michael my kins-man Don Mancius and other companions which I had sent to Rome to put their heads vnder your Holinesse feet Whose comming did as much reioyce me as if a thousand Autumnes had comne to me and ten thousand yeeres had beene added to my life Don Michael related with what honour and fauour hee was entertayned of your Holinesse of King Philip and other Catholike Princes for which I render those thankes which Pen and Paper cannot expresse He deliuered me Letters also which your Holinesse vouchsafed mee fauourably reckoning mee amongst the Christian Kings Hee brought me also part of the holy Wood of the true Crosse a Hat and a Sword which your Holinesse is wont to send to Christian Kings and Princes Which fauour and studies are such and so esteemed of mee that I haue determined to consecrate them to eternall memory and to place them amongst my chiefe Treasures and the Ornaments and Monuments of my posteritie And this honour conferred on mee is such that greater cannot be in this life and it redounds vnto a future good life I had determined according to the order prescribed of your H. in his Letters and as the fauour and so great benefits bestowed on mee deserued to haue receiued the said Presents with all the celebritie and pompe that might be in my Kingdome but the Father Visitour shewed mee that respect was to be had of the tyrannie and great hatred wherewith Quabacondono the Lord of all Iapon persecuteth the Fathers and Christians these three yeeres together and this feast to be deferred till he returneth from Meaco whither hee is going in Embassage from the Vice-roy of India to Quabacondono c. The ninth yeere of the Era called Tenscio the tenth of the eighth Moone which is the two and twentieth of September An. 1590. At your Highnesse feet Arimano Sciurino Daibu Don Protasius This Quabacondono as L. Froes writeth was now growne the greatest Monarch that euer Iapon had hauing ascended thereunto from a base estate which was as hee hath diuers times with his owne mouth confessed to cut wood and to carrie it to the Market to sell for his daily food Nobunanga his Predecessor had growne to great height such as many ages had not there seene In Frenoiama eight hundred yeeres before a King of Iapon had builded 3800. Temples with houses adioyned for the Bonziâ which employed themselues in the studie of the Lawes and Sects for whose quietnesse he remoued the Husbandmen and builded them two streets allowing to their maintenance about the third part of the Customes or Rents of the Vomen Kingdome Thus became it a fountaine of their superstitions In time those Temples dispersed in sixteene Vallies were lessened to 800. and the Bonzian discipline and studies melted into pleasures hardned into Armes and ranged into robberies so that they fired Meaco with great slaughter and opposed Nobunanga who hauing destroyed the Militarie Bonzi called âcoxos and taken away their Castles inuaded Frenoiama professing he feared not their Gods On the top of a Hill was the Temple of Quanon to whom prayers and pilgrimages were made for health wealth and long life and yeerely solemnities and Playes with huge pompe and cost were made in his honour to which the Gibon feast at Meaco succeeded with frequency of men deuices of work-men and such order that it may appeare that Satan there imitates the anniuersary solemnitie of Corpus Christi amongst vs. Thither the Bonzi had gotten but it and they and their streets were destroyed and foure hundred Temples with their furniture burned At Facusangin also were a thousand houses of the Bonzi by themselues besides Monasteries which he destroyed Xinguea the King of Cainochun had forced his Father to exile and imprisoned his elder Brother and then seized on the Kingdome after which he shaued his beard and haire and became a Bonzo and would needs repaire Frenoiama and stiling himselfe Chiefe in the house of the Kings and of Religions gathered an Armie Nabunanga wrote to him calling himselfe Tamer of Deuils and enemie of Sects Hee proceeded first against the Bonzi with these terrours and after would needs himselfe be worshipped but eighteene dayes after in a conspiracy of his owne against him he was slaine and his dispersed Quabacondono succeeded and in greatnesse of attempts and ambition exceeded This Quabacondono is a title which Faxiba assumed and is as much as Treasurer These titles are giuen by the Vo or Dairi descended of the ancient Kings and now enioying a strange Empire which is to giue titles of honour for which all great men haue their Factors with him and is esteemed as a God not suffered to tread on the ground that were deposition nor often seene and gets much treasure out of those Titles which he so often changeth that the King of Bungo was by the Iesuites obserued foure and thirty times to haue altered his appellations There is a high Priest who with Papall power authorizeth Sects confirmeth and consecrateth the Tundi or Bishops which are nominated by the Kings and enioyeth Royall reuenues The Quingue is the third person and hath power ouer Iudgements and Warres But the Lords of Tensa that is such as haue power to get into their hands Meaco and the Region adioyning are really chiefe Lords and command the State though in seeming ceremonie as the Turkes to
their dead fiue hundred being ouerwhelmed and fifteene or twenty Temples called on their Amida and some ranne to Fuscimo Taicos new Citie for him and his Nobles whereof the best part was ruined and much harme happened in many other places Taicos Palace at Fuscimo fell downe and oppressed seuenty women himselfe escaped into the Kitchin vntouched and the relations of that Earth-quake would yeeld a booke alone Taico yet would seeme to dominere ouer Nature and leuell a very huge Hill with the Valley to erect new Palaces And because hee could not entertayne at Fuscimo the China Embassadours he receiued them at Ozaca The solemne state and pompe I omit They had audience the twentieth of October The Kings Letter was written in a plate of Gold very great and ponderous inclosed in a golden Coffer wherein also was the Vest and royall Crowne for Taico and in another was a Crown for Mandocorasama his Wife with title of Queene Hee sent also twenty Vests of Quingui with title and dignity of China for twenty Lords the first of which was Augustine by him named and as many for those whom Taico should name In the Epistle of the King were these words Futatabi cioscen vocasu cotonacare that is Thou shalt not returne againe into Corai and if thou returnest thy dignitie shall no longer aduantage thee words importing their vassallage to the Chinois The Embassadour and Taico were equall in sitting on the Tatamis the chiefe Lords of Iapon were present and after the taste of their Chia Taico receiued the Epistle or golden plate and layd it on his head and the Vests going in to put them on At his returne the Chinois adored him and a feast followed with pompous plenty which was continued other dayes But when the Legates moued him to pull downe his Forts in Corai and to pardon the Coraians hee brake into exceeding furie and commanded them backe to Corai and extruded them in great haste out of the Countrey with inhumane vsage About this time Peter Martines first Bishop of Iapon came thither Taico died Sept. 16. 1598. hauing taken politike order for the State and as foolish for himselfe to be made a God prescribing the forme of his Temple One was crucified for speaking of his death Word was sent by the Gouernours which Taico had appointed as protectors for his Sonne to the Iaponian Lords in Corai to returne and so after seuen yeeres that warre had end What euents followed after in Iapon you may see in my Pilgrimage and somewhat also before in Captayne Saris and Master Cocks relations Taicosamas posteritie rooted out and Ogasha Sama seizing the Soueraigntie to himselfe So much harder is it to be a Man then a God and easier to bequeaâh a Temple and tytle of Camus and diuine worship as to a new Faciman or Mars all which his Exâcutors performed and caused to be effected his body not burned after the wont but as he had prescribed put in a Câest and translated to that sumptuous Temple where he is worshâpped as the principall of all the Cami with an Image erected to him seene by Cap. Saris then to bequeath long life to himselfe accomplishment to his Coraian designes or sure succession to his posteritie in all which hee fayled But we will with our persecuted Iesuites leaue Iapon and ship our selues for China §. III. RVGGERIVS enters againe into China with RICIVS and is forced backe to Amacao thence sent for againe by the Vice-roy Sande and Almeida are sent to them and enter the Countrey as farre as Cequion and returne to Sciauchin IT is a custome in China that of all Charters granted by the Magistrates a copie is kept in the Registrie and the execution or what hath therein beene done subscribed at the end The succeeding Vice-roy finding the copie of that Charter granted to the Iesuites at their departure without such subscription because nothing had beene done therein wrote to Canton to the Aitao he which then was absent to the Ansam or Hiam-xan the Gouernour of the Citie and he being ignorant thereof to the Port-gouernours at Amacao They went to the Bishop and by him were sent to our Colledge where they were shewed the sealed Charter but there being then Melchior Carnerus Patriarch of Ethiopia which expedition was dissolued Capralis Gomez Pasius and other principall Iesuites it was thought fit that it should not be deliuered to the Souldiers but carried by two Iesuites to the Aitao and Ruggerius with Ricius were therein employed the China Captaines also consenting that they should goe to Ansan thence by the Ci-hien or Gouernour to be sent to Canton This Ci-hien when they came thither would haue sent it and not them which they refused whereupon he grew angry cast it on the ground and commanded them to returne backe saying that a deposed Vice-royes grant could no way benefit them They went to their Inne and there consulted to goe without his leaue deceiuing a Ship-master with sight of the said Charter who tooke them into his ship but terrified by others cast them out againe with their goods At this time came a message to the Ci-hien of his Fathers death whereupon according to the China Custome he lost his office and returned home during his three yeereâ mourning They by this occasion and a weightier cause money giuen to the Successour and the Notaries subtiltie in a seeming seruice to the Common-wealth were sent in manner as prisoners to Canton as strangers found there The Aitao notwithstanding gaue them kinde entertaynment They petitioned shewing that they were Religious men which had passed so many Seas allured by the fame of China there to spend their dayes and desired nothing but a small piece of ground to raise thereon a little house to the Lord of Heauen and they would be further burthensome to none but procure liuelihood of their owne mens beneuolence They mentioned nothing of Christian Religion lest it might cause suspicion and bee a let to them the Chinois thinking too well of themselues that strangers should teach them any thing which they haue not already more complete in their owne Bookes Rebellions haue also begunne vnder colour of new Sects The Aitao or high Admirall commended their desires but said it belonged to higher Magistrates and could onely bee granted by the Ciai-yuen the Visitour of the Prouince or the Vice-roy They desired that hee would at least let them stay there in the Palace of the King of Siams Legates till the Portugals Mart came and in meane time they would trye what they could doe with the Visitour or Vice-roy This hee granted but the same day repeated professing that he feared the Visitor if out of Mart-time he should finde stâangers there whose censure is dreadfull to euery Magistrate He therefore commanded them presently to packe for Amacao They were comne backe to Ansan and found things in worse case then before For at the gates of the Citie they found an
Sphere the Diameter whereof was a fadome with Horizon and Poles and in stead of Circles certaine double chaines the space betwixt them representing the Circles in our Spheres all these were diuided into three hundred and sixtie degrees and a few minutes In the middest was a Globe of the Earth but a certaine pipe hollowed like the barrell of a Peece which might bee turned any way and set in any degree and eleuation for triall of the Starres very artificially The third was a Diall two fadoms high in a huge long Marble set to the North with a channell about the table to hold water whereby to trie if it stood plaine or no the stile placed perpendicular both it and the stone distributed into degrees it seemes for exact triall of the shadowes of Solstices and Equinoctialls The fourth and greatest was an engine or instrument of three or foure huge Astrolabes set one by another each containing a Geometricall pace in a Diameter with their Fiduciall line or Halhilada and Dioptra one of them represented the aequator inclined to the South another which made a crosse with the former to the North another stood erected to the South perhaps for knowledge of the Verticall Circle but turned about to shew any Verticall all had the degrees marked with iron knots standing forth that they might bee knowne by feeling in the night This Worke of Astrolabes was set in a plaine floore of Marble also with channels about In euery of these Instruments was expressed in China Characters what euery thing signified the foure and twentie Constellations of the Zodiake answering in the number doubled to our twelue Signes There was in them this one errour that they were set in the sixe and thirtieth degree of the Pole eleuated whereas Nanquin stands without all doubt in two and thirtie and a quarter of a degree They seeme to haue beene made to be placed somewhere else and placed here by some vnskilfull Mathematician Afterwards Father Matthew saw the like or the same Instruments rather at Pequin cast with the same hand at that time when the Tartars ruled ouer the Chinois by some expert of our sciences The greatest Magistrate desired Father Matthew to reuise the Vniuersall Map which he had made in Canton Prouince and make larger Commentaries and hee would print it at publike cost which he did and with an elegant Proeme commended the Author of the worke This was published and carried into all parts and in other places reprinted The Vice-Roy of Cuiceu Prouince printed it with another methode making to euery Kingdome a proper Commentarie in a booke adorning the Author also with his praises Besides the Presidents of the sixe Tribunalls equall except for the Kings presence in the gouernement of their Prouince to these of Pequin hee had three other friends yet vnmentioned There is a certaine hereditarie dignitie deriued to the eldest sonnes from those Captaines which expelled the Tartars they are called Quocum their posteritie are honoured by the King most of all the eldest which in processe of time haue growne into a numerous Family and although they beare no publike office except some militarie commands yet haue they great dignitie and wealth and these onely doe truely resemble the Nobilitie of Europe One head of this Family is at Nanquin liuing in great pompe with Palace Furniture Gardens all like a King He one day inuited Father Matthew and entertained him in the best Garden in the Citie in which besides other pleasing rarities he saw an artificiall Mount or Rocke of diuers vnpolished Marbles hollowed into Caues it contained Chambers Halls Staires Fish-ponds Trees and other things Art wantonising with Nature to engender pleasure especially in time of heate to coole themselues in their studies or feasts with this Caue-retiring which although it comprehended no great space of ground yet would it aske the space of two or three houres time to visit all the parts the egresse being by another gate This Nobleman was yong and desired to see some things of Europe Another which became familiar with Father Matthew was the Commander of all the Nanquin Souldiers which had also another great Office called Heu who often visited him and became his great friend whose friendship gaue vs security to whom the watch and ward and security of the Citie belongeth Besides I will name the chiefe Eunuch which hath great authority ouer the Nanquin Eunuchs whereof are numbred some thousands who is Ruler ouer the Kings Palace and hath command of all the Citie gates and ouer the military Musters together with the former Captaine with other parts of authority and expresseth the same with great pompe He was almost decrepit and after the Eunuchs fashion there not so gentle and when Ricius came to him his Courtiers commanded him to giue him a title which answereth to Highnesse with vs. I explane it thus when they speake to the King they wish to him ten thousand thousand yeeres of life in these three syllables Van van siu which is all one with the title of Maiestie to others in the Palace the Queenes or Children of the King they with inferiour title pray one thousand yeeres Now the Eunuchs are so arrogant that they expect this thousand yeeres wish and to bee saluted on the knee Father Matthew could not doe this safely lest hee should doe more to him then to the chiefe Magistrates but hee had learned not to neglect in China their rites and he being deafe one that hollowed in his eare made vp what the Father wanted Hee gaue him a great gift which he refused and denyed him the trigone Glasse yet this caused the other Eunuchs to honour him At that time liued in Nanquin one which had obtayned the first place in the declaration of Doctors which is a very great dignity who liued here in this Countrey priuate but all great esteeme of all Hee had degenerated to become a Preacher of the three China Sects and professed great knowledge of them Hee had at his house a famous Votarie or Bonzi-Monke who renouncing the publike Offices which he had borne had shaued his head and which is not vsuall in China of a Learned Man had become a Minister of the Idols And because hee was both learned in the China Sciences and growne seuenty yeeres old he had acquired much same and many Disciples professors of that new Sect which he deuised These visited Father Matthew to the wonder of all that Literate-apostata confessed the truth of our Law and presented the Father with a Fanne with two elegant Epigrams therein Two other visited him one of which counterfeited himselfe to haue liued three hundred yeeres whom the China Grandes much followed as doting on the studie of long life the precepts whereof he read to his Scholârs Hee also boasted of Geomancy The other was a Physician and companion to the other each blazing the others Science and whiles both
were which certaine moneths past they had told him had brought him certaine Images and certaine small Bells which strike of themselues for so they call Clocks and wherefore they brought him not those things and that they should fetch them quickly and he gaue the charge of dispatching our businesse to a great Mandarin of Paquin to whom it belongeth to deale with Strangers These newes were brought to the Eunuch and vs who for the executing of the Kings commandement whose Letter they obey without reply sent vs word that wee must goe to Paquin because the King sent for vs and sent vs eft-soones all the Pieces which hee had in his possession and the most part of those things which he had taken from vs that wee our selues should put them in order that they should receiue no hurt by the way and gaue vs many men to carrie all our stuffe on their shoulders and Horses for all our companie and a Mandarin to accompanie vs. Wee were lodged all the way in the Palaces of the Mandarins very honourably Hauing trauelled foure dayes we came to the walls of Paquin and they lodged vs in an house without the walls And because the King had referred the businesse to the Mandarin which I spoke of the Eunuch feared that hee should lose the thankes which he thought to receiue of the King for that present if another Mandarin should meddle with it That day hee caused all things to be made readie of the Petition and remembrance which therewithall he was to giue vnto the King and earely in the morning with other things and much Siluer of the reuenues which he presented being all guarded with many Horse-men and Foot-men hee carryed it to the Kings Palaces Who hauing the memoriall deliuered vnto him commanded his men to receiue all things They receiued the same and when hee had seene all those strange things the like whereof or of so great excellencie he had neuer seene before they say that he rejoyced greatly considering and viewing all things a very long while with great shew of admiration especially of the Pictures and Clockes Hee commanded them to bring vs to his Palaces and to enquire of vs what kinde of thing those Clockes were and what thing was needfull for to haue them to goe well Wee answered to the point And from the place where we were on horsebacke by poste on two Horses which we mounted and with the like speed we came to the Court. At the same of our comming and for to see vs an infinite multitude of people assembled because Strangers are no ordinarie thing in China and when wee came to the Court those which had the charge of vs were enforced to make roome with staues When we were come to a certayne place a great Eunuch accompanied with aboue two hundred small ones came downe to demand of vs what the King commanded him and to see how wee did handle those Clockes They saw how we vsed them but wee answered to the question that it was needfull to appoint some bodie of good capacitie to learne which in two or three dayes would learne how to vse them When they had returned the answer the King appointed foure Eunuches of his principall Mathematicians to learne it and command them to receiue vs in the meane while in his house withân his owne Palace They receiued vs with much respect and good enteâtaynment A great multitude of Eunuches came to see vs and euery one to enquire what came in his minde But the King which all those dayes was occupied in rejoycing for those new things commanded the Images to bee placed in a principall Hall whether as the Eunuches told vs the chiefe Queene went to doe them reuerence and they told vs of the King that hee durst not keepe them neere him being afrayd because they seemed vnto him to bee aliue Often times he sent Eunuches vnto vs to enquire diuers things concerning our Countrey whether it had any King what manner of Apparell he wore and what kinde of Hat for in China they make great difference of the apparell of the King from the foot to the head and of other men and if wee had any Picture of him that we should shew it We had a picture wherein was the Pope with his triple Crowne and the Emperour and the King with their Ensignes kneeling before the name of God and we gaue them it for a show declaring that those were three kinde of Kings and that all of them did worship the true God which made Heauen and Earth whose Image we had giuen him They carryed it vnto him and because it seemed to bee small he commanded them to draw another greater in colours by it Afterward hee sent another to demand questions of the things of our Countrey particularly of the Kings Houses Wee had a Map of the Escuriall newly cut in Copper and a picture of the Place of Saint Marke in Venice both which wee gaue them Though we suspect that they deliuered but the second saying that they durst not giue the other because straight in haste hee would command them to paint them great and there was none that durst take it vpon him though wee know not whither they deliuered it afterward Hee willed them further to enquire after what manner wee buryed our Kings because in the matter of Burials and Sepulchers the Chinois are great South-sayers and put a great part of their felicitie in a good manner and place of their Burials At that time wee receiued a Map of the Death of his Majestie who liueth with God in glorie and of the manner of his Funerall and so we answered him as it was in the Map to wit that they made him a Coffin within of Lead which continueth long and without of excellent Wood and put these coffins in a Sepulcher of stone and for this purpose there was a Church builded of purpose They enquired many things of vs of this kinde these few dayes where vnto wee answered aduancing the things that belonged to the seruice of our Lord God as much as we might and concerned our Europe as farre as the truth would permit vs because that we deemed it to bee conuenient for the seruice of our Lord. They told the King so many things that it seemed hee greatly desired to see vs But on the other part he thought it would bee too great a courtesie and much beyond his custome who neuer suffereth himselfe to be seene of his owne people but of his Eunuchs and Wiues that serue him and somtime very seldome of some one of the greatest Mandarins yet though he would not suffer himselfe altogether to bee ouercome of this temptation yet he suffered himselfe in part and hee sent to take our Pictures which two Painters did each of them by themselues as well as they could Yet in truth I neither knew my selfe nor my companion in that picture but
wee all thinke it necessarie to eate after this fashion and to vse their customes to obtayne more free accesse vnto them and to winne them to Christ. There is a Turke heere a dweller in this Citie which aboue fortie yeeres agoe brought one or two Lions to the Father of this King who partly because hee knoweth no Learning nor Sciences and partly because hee sought not to apply himselfe to the habite customes and manner of China there is none that will deale with him nor come neere his house And through the grace which God hath giuen vs and because they see vs apply our selues to their Apparell Fashion and Courtesies all the grauest Mandarins come home to our house to visite vs and doe vs the fauour to hold vs publikely for their Friends which they vse not to doe to their owne Countrey-men of our qualitie and condition praysed bee our Lord alwayes Amen I will not omit to declare the great pleasure wherewith these learned Chinois heare the great consent of the things and ceremonies of our holy Faith in Europe and that wee haue Bishops and as we call them heere Mandarins and superiours in Spirituall things and aboue all they reioyce exceedingly to heare of our Pope that being so great a personage they preferre a Learned and Holy man by way of Election and not by Succession and likewise the obedience and subjection which other Kings doe yeeld vnto him and that there haue beene many as wee told them who being chosen Popes refuse it in good earnest and by no meanes will accept the same and that we haue all things which concerne the Law of God and good manners set downe in writing with all other Bookes concerning him or his Ministers And although that which I haue spoken hitherto of our high Priest is a thing very apparent and true and wee deliuered it for such and they so vnderstand it yet oftentimes they haue giuen vs occasions of laughter The first was That when wee told them that some refused so great an Office straight-way they aske where you say that they refuse it is it not euident that their excuse will not bee accepted As who should say if they would accept of it who is there that would make an excuse And thus they say because they doe so themselues for when great Offices are bestowed vpon them eftsoone they offer vp a Petition making a thousand excuses to the King not to receiue them and they desiâe nothing lesse neither can any thing happen so grieuous vnto them as to accept their excuse But vsually they be not admitted though sometimes they bee to their great griefe of heart as I my selfe haue seene But to excuse themselues or to refuse with some danger is the vse so common that they will not fayle to doe so for if they should not doe so it were more certayne that they should goe without the Office The second thing that made vs more to laugh is that many of them tell vs that if wee would returne into our Countrey without doubt they would make vs Popes The reason though not openly which they yeeld is that wee haue a great aduantage aboue other men of our Countrey to wit that wee haue seene and studied and vnderstand their Bookes because that they onely in their opinion can make a man perfect and generally seene in all things Such is the high conceit and reputation which they hold of their Bookes §. VII Of their Women Of the Tartars Conquest Acts and Expulsion The greatnesse of the King and neighbouring States Of the Queenes Eunuches I Will conclude this Letter with two points the one concerning the Women whereof I haue little to say and the last is of the King and of his Palaces and Seruices Euery man as I said before may keepe as many Wiues as hee will and so they doe which is the cause of many tumults quarrels and disorders in their houses among their wiues and among the Sonnes of diuers Mothers and therefore when wee tell them that in our Countrey no man marryeth but one Wife they neuer are satisfied in praising it in words though neuerthelesse they doe not follow it nor put it in practise And the discontentment which the Women haue among themselues and with their Husbands for this occasion is like to prooue a great encouragement vnto them to make them desirous to receiue our holy Faith and to perswade their Husbands to embrace the same seeing that it doth not permit any more but one lawfull Wife onely Of their other Conuersation Customes and other things wee know nothing neither is any thing to bee learned for they keepe house all their life time and goe out of doores exceeding seldome to visite either their Mother or Sisters or nearest kinswomen for they goe not to any else no not in thought And therefore as they haue no conuersation but alwayes to keepe home I can speake nothing of their behauiour Their Apparell seemeth vnto mee honest and comely for sometimes I haue seene the Wiues of Officers and of the poore people for many of them doe goe abroad In some parts of the Countrey wee haue met many women vpon the high way in short garments like to the men of our Countrey without any difference saue on their heads and their feete for all the rest is all one kinde of Apparell but these are the common people onely One of the greatest ornaments that the Women haue is to haue verie little feete and they are so little that they goe verie badly and alway they seeme to goe as though they would fall I could not know the cause nor the Chinois themselues know not the originall occasion why this is counted for a beautie albeit some say it began not for a comelinesse but onely with a purpose to cut off all occasion from them of going abroad The Chinois haue beene very carefull in their Histories and therefore they haue histories of their Kings of aboue foure thousand yeeres And if credit bee to be giuen to that which their Bookes report touching those times and is gathered by diuers of their Histories There are many more yeeres from the Flood to our dayes whereof they also haue some knowledge in their Bookes then the most followed and allowed Calculation among vs which trâate of that matter doe allow of for they say it is sixe thousand yeeres at the least They say that they haue continued Histories But I leaue this because I haue not well conferred the truth and foundation of the Chinish histories At the least it is certaine that they haue knowledge of their matters and certaine Kings within a little after the Flood whensoeuer it was They had many ancient Kings which were verie good men which it may bee were saued in the law of Nature because the heroicall workes of Vertue which they report of them were great and there is no record that they worshipped Idols but
whose Sonnes if the lawfull Wiues Children faile inherit the Kingdome which commonly falleth out and such is he which now is King and he which is to succeed him When any of these women be once entred into the Kings Palace to bee his Wife there is no name which may bee compared vnto her in being kept close for they may not only not goe abroad no nor bee seene of their Father Mother or Brethren They haue little or none authoritie but such as they obtaine of the King Also the seruice of the King of the Queene and of his Concubines is all by Eunuches a seruice doubtlesse vnworthy of a King All these Eunuches without any exception are of the most base people which are in all the Kingdome whose Fathers because they cannot keepe them when they were young doe make them Eunuches in hope that one day they shall get into the Court to serue the King the manner is farre different from some which are in Europe for these bee like those which the Turkes vse Because their Fathers doe this for pouertie it followeth that they haue no excellencie for they haue no meanes to learne it and they are little or nothing Learned They elect and choose these Eunuches from time to time to supply such as die and this first yeare that I was here they chose aboue three thousand for which purpose there assembled aboue twentie thousaind as they say out of which number they made their choice The Electors were a verie great Mandarin to whom as I said before the Kings priuate businesse belongs and another Eunuch of the eldest and most priuate The Examination and Election consisteth in two things which are a good Countenance and a good Tongue for proofe whereof they make them pronounce two words wherein those that haue not a readie Tongue doe stumble When they are chosen and gone to the Court they diuide them in diuers Offices yet at their first comming they are appointed to waite vpon the old Eunuches as Boyes which make good triall of their patience and obedience and he that after certaine yeares sheweth himselfe towardly they begin to employ in greater matters Of these Eunuches the King hath his Musicians and Mathematicians who to bee briefe I say haue no sound vnderstanding in thâse things at all but only for complement or superficially yet some of them are bound to watch all night and to looke whether any Comet doe appeare or any such like thing in the Skie to enforme the King thereof and to performe other like Offices They are vsually verie couetous and as they are base if they rise to bee priuate with the King some of them be proud and vncourteous They serue the King as slaues obeying his will which way soeuer he inclineth The King chastiseth them verie sharply for euery light offence especially the King that now is which is a very wicked man He hath caused many to be whipped to death for some small matter wherein they haue offended him Yet there are some of them good and diâârâet which the King vseth for dispatching of his businesse and other matters of weight Though the ordinarie wages which they haue of the King bee small yet it serueth them well to liue of and therefore they goe verie well apparelled in many Robes of Silke verie finely wrought of diuers colours and the manner of their Cap and Apparell differeth from all other peoples There are of them in number as they say aboue sixteene thousand of them in the Kings palaces Hereby your Worship may see what Examples and Education the King of China obserueth which spendeth all his time with these and with women Although it be the custome of these Kings to shew themselues from time to time to certaine of the greatest Mandarins yet they neuer suffer the rest of the people to see them nor to speake with them and when he speaketh with any bodie they enter not into the place where hee is but the King commeth forth to a certaine place If there be any Nation among whom the Law of Nations hath no place in many things it is this for as they haue no commerce with other Nations so they haue not the Law which is common to all men And therefore they admit no Ambassadour in China vnlesse it be by the way of giuing some Present the King not acknowledging any neither doe they thinke that there is any in the World which is able to deale with their King by way of an Embassadour And if they bring any Message as the Iapons brought within these few yeares who came to intreate of certaine agreements by no meanes they are admitted to the sight of the King neither doth he giue them audience but some Mandarin doth accompany them and the entertaynment which they giue them and honour which they shew to all strangers which come vnto them is verie small But as for the most part they haue no great conceit of strangers so their entertaynment is like to their conceit Whosoeuer he be that commeth into their Countrey they shut him vp in a verie homely house not suffering him to goe abroad The Kings Palaces are verie great and albeit in the excellencie of Architecture they bee not comparable to those of our Europe yet they much exceed in the hugenesse of Building They haue three wals foure square the circuit of the first may be as bigge as the wall of a good Citie Betweene the first and the second wall there is a wall which enuironeth the greatest part of the House and here are many Houses of the Eunuches of the lowest sort which exercise Mechanicall Arts or the like as Porters c. Betweene the second and the third wall there are many pieces of the Kings House which is not joyned altogether but in diuers parts there be diuers Roomes built for diuers purposes one answering to another These parcels of Buildings which are here which are euerie one as long as the Careere of an Horse and very high haue no vnder Roome but a great Building raised vp with foundations of great Brickes as broad and long as all the Building wherein there are Gates of Marble stone very wel wrought to passe from one place to another This house or Foundation is about eight fathomes high little more or lesse Aboue these are guilded Galleries Tarasses Hals and Chambers which on the out-side shew verie gallant which is as much as can be seene for no man can get in to see them The greatest part of them is of Timber with many gilded Embossements and many other pleasant Pictures The Roofes are verie well made The Tiles are of a farre better fashion in mine opinion then ours and so euen ioyned together that that they seeme to be all one piece they are all anneled with yellow which is the Kings Colour To conclude I say that it seemed vnto me in multitude of Houses and greatnesse a stately
thing Also betweene these wals the Riuer runneth which I spake of and to passe from one to another there are many faire Bridges of Marble made of very great stones betweene these wals was one of the two fourth parts of the House on which the fire from Heauen fell downe within these few yeares and consumed it and with the blowes of the stones which fell downe many verie great Houses were broken downe to the ground as sometimes I beheld my selfe and they remayned with many signes of fire on them They say that when this fire fell from Heauen the King commanded his Sonne to kneele downe and beseech The Heauen to be mercifull vnto him for he himselfe was too wicked and that the Heauen would not heare him Within these wals are many Lodgings of the grauest Eunuches who like Fellowes of Colledges liue many in one House euerie one hauing his priuate Chamber Heere betweene these wals are Mounts and Groues and other recreations whither the King repaireth to recreate himselfe And the space of these wals is very great for when I went to the Palace to teach the Eunuches which were in that place to trimme the Clocke I passed before I came to their Lodging eight great Palaces and on the other side there were many more The Lodgings of the Eunuches vsually are low and bad for the Kings Seruants yet very necessarie Next after this followeth the third wal where the King dwelleth with his Wiues and Children and those which where his neerest seruants whereinto no man entreth but they And therfore albeit I haue heard that it is a very beautiful thing very much worth the seeing as in very deed it sheweth to be yet I cannot giue any Relation of any thing concerning the same in particular Only this I say that when I was in the House of the Eunuches that were the Mathematicians I went sometimes vp into a Towre from whence I might see the tops of the Houses the Groues and Orchards and me thought that I neuer in my life saw so great a frame of Building although I haue seene many in mine owne Countrie And therefore there are alwaies a great number of Officers of all Offices some making new Buildings and others repayring the old The King neuer goeth abroad especially this King and his Ancestors some one time and no more vnto a Temple which they haue builded to The Heauen and the Earth where euerie yeare they offer Sacrifice And therefore I know not with what pompe hee goeth abroad But like as in his seruice he hath no men of qualitie it cannot bee such as our Kings vse in their going to Church There is a barbarous custome among the Kings that when the Prince is aduanced to the Kingdome within a short time after all the rest of the old Kings Sonnes are to depart out of the House to certaine places appointed for them which vnto the third Generation are serued like Kings but they neuer come more in the presence of their Father Mother nor elder Brother and therefore there is great lamentations of their Mothers at their departure The Posteritie of these doe alwaies remayne as Kinsmen and with the name of the Kings Kinsmen To all these which are very many the King giueth sufficient mayntenance which is no great matter They neuer beare Office and deale with other people and marrie with them without doing themselues much good or none at all in being the Kings Kinsmen nor purchase any speciall authoritie thereby Other Kinsfolkes of the King married with the Sisters Daughters or Cousins of the King or Queene although they haue sufficient to liue vpon yet haue they exceeding small authoritie and haughtinesse And herein nor in any thing may they compare with the Mandarins Here came to visit vs one married with the Sister of this King that is now in a Chaire with three or foure Boyes to wait on him Another came oftentimes married with the Sister of the Wife of the Prince that is to inherit on Horse-backe with one Boy only attending on him and hee entreth into the Examinations that hee may proceed Doctor and become a Mandarin So litle is the benefit that groweth vnto them by the Consanguinity or Affinity of the King which are joyned vnto him thereby Here the time faileth me though neither matter nor desire to giue contentment to your Worship and the rest of my most deare Fathers and Brethren neither doth nor shall euer faile me And therefore if I shall vnderstand that they take this in good worth I will giue Relation of that which shall fall out here by the helpe and grace of our Lord to whom I humbly beseech all of them to commend mee I send here withall two Maps of this Kingdome of China which came to my hand after I had written this Letter and Relation I sought to translate all that which is contayned in the China Letters which is all the Rent which euery one of these Prouinces payeth to the King of China and to make a description of all the Houses which euerie Prouince hath and how many people and many things else But your Worship may beleeue that by no meanes I had leysure and therefore I send you only the figure and another yeare if it please our Lord God I will send you the same with the declaration thereof All the rundles and squares which are therein are Cities or Fortresses of many Inhabitants both of them walled about There is no Towne here set downe that it is not walled the others are many more The Riuers are well distinguished The great lines are the limits of the Prouinces the other small lines and of little circuit are the Iuridisdictions of some one principall Citie We print here another Map of all the World of our manner with Câânish Letters which beââuse wee want time to declare the Letters I send not till the next yeare which then we will send if our Lord grant vs life I send you many other Papers that your Worships may see the fashion of the Letters of these people of China and what Characters wee committed to memorie From Paquin beeing the Court and Royall Citie of the King of China the ninth of March 1602. CHAP. VII A Discourse of the Kingdome of China taken out of RICIVS and TRIGAVTIVS contayning the Countrey People Gouernment Religion Rites Sects Characters Studies Arts Acts and a Map of China added drawne out of one there made with Annotations for the vnderstanding thereof §. I. Of the Name Scite and Greatnesse the Tributaries Commoditie Arts Printing Seales Inke Pencill-pennes and Fannes THis vtmost Empire in the East hath beene made knowne to Europe by diuers appellations as that of Ptolemey Sina that later of Marcus Paulus the Venetian Cathay and that most vsuall receiued from the Portugals which call it China I doubt not also that this is the Region of the Hippophagi or Hors-eaters a meat there as common
that at Nanquin also where no King hath of long time resided The gates to the South both inner and outward are three the King only going in and out at the middle which otherwise is shut others at the other gates on the right and left hand Their computation of time is onely by the Kings Raigne Sometimes the King bestoweth a Title on the Parents of the principall Magistrates by a certaine writing made by the Kings Philosophers in the Kings name esteemed wonderfully acquired with any cost and kept in the familie as a thing sacred The like opinion is of other Titles giuen to Widowes expressed in two or three Characters giuen to Widowes which to their old age haue refused second marriages or to old Men which haue liued an hundred yeeres and in like cases They set these Titles ouer their doores Magistrates also doe the like to their friends To good Magistrates Arches are erected at publike cost of Marble by Citizens also to some of their Citizens which haue attayned any notable dignitie The most precious Artifices thorow all the Kingdome are yeerely sent to the King to Pequin with great costs The Magistrates of the Kings Citie goe abroad with lesse pompe on horsebacke and few of the principall in Seats and those carried but by foure Porters all in reuerence of the King Foure times in the yeere once a quarter all the Court Magistrates assemble at the Sepulchres of the antient Kings and Queenes and make there their offerings giuing the principall honour to Humvu They prepare to this solemnitie certaine dayes fasting at home and surceasing of sâits Next to the King they honour their Magistrates both in formes of words and visitations to which none aspire but Magistrates and they which haue beene depriued lose not all honour in this kind but sometimes come forth in their habits and are respected by their Citie Magistrates If one bee preferred to another dignity which hath well executed his Office they honour him with publike gifts and reserue his Boots in a publike Chist with Verses in his praise To some they erect Temples also and Altars with Images and some are deputed to keepe lights there burning and odours at publike Rent charge perpetually with huge Censers of Bell-metall as they doe to their Idols Yet doe they distinguish betwixt this and Diuine worship of their Gods asking many things whereas these Rites are onely memorials though many of the vulgar confound them together Cities are full of such Temples by friends often erected to vnworthie men to which at certaine times they goe and performe kneeling and bowing Rites and offer Meats Their Bookes are full of precepts for obseruing Parents with due honour and in outward shew no Nation performes so much They will not sit ouer against them but on the side speake to them with great reuerence they sustaine their poorer Parents with their labour in best manner they are able and in nothing are more curious then their funerals The mourning colour is white and all their habite from the Shooes to the Cap of a strange and miserable fashion The cause of three yeeres mourning for Parents is because so long they carried them in armes with so much labour of education for others as they please a yeere or three moneths as they are in neerenesse For the King they mourne three yeeres thorow all the Kingdome and for the Lawfull Queene Their funerall Rites are written in a Booke which they consult on that occasion all the parcels of the habite there pictured When a man of ranke is dead the Sonne or next Kinsman sends Libels to the friends within three or foure dayes all the Roome is white with an Altar in the midst on which they place the Coffin and Image of the dead Thither all the friends come in mourning one after another offer Odors and two Wax-candles on the Altar whiles they burne making foure bendings and kneelings hauing first censed against the Image The Sonnes stand at the side and the women behinde couered with a Curtaine mourning the while the Priests also burne Papers and Silkes with certaine rites to minister Clothes to the deceassed They abstayne from wonted Beds sleeping on Straw-beds on the ground neere the Corps from flesh and other daintier food Wine Bathes companie with their Wiues Bankets not going out for certaine moneths remitting by degrees as the three yeeres expire On the funerall day the friends are by another Libell inuited to which they goe in Procession forme in mourning many Statues of Men Women Elephants Tigres Lions of Paper all going before diuersified in colour and gilding which are all burnt before the Graue a long ranke of Idoll Priests Prayers and Players on diuers Instruments obseruing diuers rites in the way huge Bell-censers also carried on mens shoulders after which followes the Herse vnder a huge carued Canopie adorned with Silkes carried with forty or fifty men Next the children on foot with staues and then the women enclosed within a white gestatory Curtaine that they may not be seene followed by women of the kindred in mourning Seats The Graues are all in the Suburbs If the Sonnes bee absent the Funerall pompe is deferred till their comming They bring if it may bee the decâassed in another Countrey to lie by his friends The Graues are adorned with Epitaphs in Marble magnificently Thither on certaine dayes yeerely the kindred resort to cense and offer and make a funerall banquet Their Marriages and Spousals are with many rites done in their youth the Contracts compounded by the Parents without their consent they obserue equalitie in yeeres and degree in the lawfull Wife In their Concubines lust beauty price beare sway The poorer also buy their Wiues and when they list sell them The King and his kindred respect onely beauty Magistrates appointed to make the choise One is his lawfull Wife the King and his Heire hauing nine other Wiues a little inferiour and after them sixe and thirty which are also called Wiues his Concubines are more Those which bring forth Sonnes are more gracious especially the Mother of the eldest This is also familiar to other families thorow the Kingdome Their first Wife sits at Table others except in the Royall families are as Hand-maids and may not sit but stand in presence of either of them their Children also calling that lawfull Wife their Mother and for her though not the true Parent obserue trienniall mourning In Marriages they are curious not to take any of the same sur-name of which sur-names there are not a thousand in all that vast Kingdome Nor may any man frame a new sur-name but must haue one antient of the Fathers side except he be adopted into another familie They respect no affinity or consanguinity in a differing sur-name and so marrie with the Mothers kindred almost in any degree The Wife brings no portion and although when shee first goeth to her
Theodore The same Note is taken vp by the Priests and Deacons that are placed at the right and left side of the Church and then altogether they chaunt and thunder out singing Many yeeres to the Noble Theodore good honourable beloued of God great Duke of Volodemer Mosko Emperour of all Russia c. These Solemnities being ended first commeth the Patriarch with the Metropolites Archbishoppes and Bishops then the Nobilitie and the whole Companie in their order to doe homage to the Emperour bending downe their heads and knocking them at his feet to the very ground The Stile wherewith hee is inuested at his Coronation runneth after this manner Theodore Iuanowich by the grace of God great Lord and Emperour of all Russia great Duke of Volodemer Mosko and Nouograd King of Cazan King of Astracan Lord of Plesko and great Duke of Smolensko of Twerria Ioughoria Permia Vadska Bulghoria and others Lord and great Duke of Nouograd of the Low Countrey of Chernigo Rezan Polotskoy Rostoue Yaruslaueley Bealozera Leifland Oudoria Obdoria and Condensa Commander of all Siberia and of the North parts and Lord of many other Countreyes c. This stile contayneth in it all the Emperours Prouinces and setteth forth his greatnesse And therefore they haue a great delight and pride in it forcing not onely there owne people but also Strangers that haue any matter to deliuer to the Emperour by Speech or writing to repeat the whole forme from the beginning to the end Which breedeth much cauill and sometimes quarrell betwixt them and the Tartar and Poland Ambassadours who refuse to call him Czar that is Emperour and to repeat the other parts of his long Stile My selfe when I had audience of the Emperour thought good to salute him onely with thus much viz. Emperour of all Russia great Duke of Volodemer Mosko and Nouograd King of Cazan King of Astracan The rest I omitted of purpose because I knew they gloried to haue their Stile appeare to be of a larger Volume then the Queenes of England But this was taken in so ill part that the Chancellor who then attended the Emperour with the rest of the Nobilitie with a lowd chasing voyce called still vpon me to say out the rest Whereto I answered that the Emperours Stile was very long and could not so well be remembred by Strangers that I had repeated so much of it as might shew that I gaue honour to the rest c. But all would not serue till I commanded my Interpreter to say it all out THe manner of their Gouernment is much after the Turkish fashion which they seeme to imitate as neere as the Countrey and reach of their capacities in Politike Affaires will giue them leaue to doe The State and forme of their Gouernment seemeth to apply all to the behoofe of the Prince and that after a most open manner as may appeare by the Sophismata or secrets of their Gouernment afterwards set downe aswell for the keeping of the Nobilitie and Commons in an vnder proportion and farre vneuen ballance in their seuerall degrees as also in their Impositions and Exactions without any regard of Nobilitie or People farther then it giueth the Nobilitie a kind of libertie to exact vpon the Commons and baser sort of People in all parts of the Realme wheresoeuer they come specially in the place where their Lands lye or where they are appointed by the Emperour to gouerne vnder him Also to the Commons some small contentment in that they passe ouer their Lands by discent of Inheritance to whether Sonne they will which commonly they doe after our Gauill kind and dispose of their goods by gift or Testament without any controllment Concerning the principall points and matters of State wherein the Souereignetie consisteth as the making and annulling of publike Lawes the making of Magistrates power to make Warre or League with any Forreine State to execute or to pardon life with the right of Appeale in all matters both Ciuill and Criminall they doe so wholy and absolutely pertayne to the Emperour and his Counsell vnder him as that he may be said to be both the Souereigne Commander and the Executioner of all these For as touching any Law or publike Order of the Realme it is euer determined of before any publike Assembly or Parliament be summoned Where besides his Councell hee hath none other to consult with him of such matters as are concluded before hand but onely a few Bishops Abbots and Friers to make aduantage of the peoples Superstitions euen against themselues which thinke all to be holy and just that passeth with consent of their Bishops and Clergie men whatsoeuer it be For which purpose the Emperours are content to make much of the corrupt state of the Church as now it is among them and to nourish the same by extraordinary fauours and Immunities to the Bishops Seas Abbeyes and Frieries as knowing Superstition and false Religion best to agree with a Tyrannicall State and to be a speciall meanes to vphold and maintayne the same Secondly as touching the publike Offices and Magistracies of the Realme there is none hereditarie neyther any so great nor so little in that Countrey but the bestowing of it is done immediately by the Emperour himselfe Insomuch that the very Diacks or Clerkes in euery head Towne are for the most part assigned by himselfe Notwithstanding the Emperour that now is the better to entend his Deuotions referreth all such matters pertayning to the State wholly to the ordering of his Wiues Brother the Lord Borris Federewich Godonoe Thirdly the like is to be said of the Iurisdiction concerning matters Iudiciall specially such as concerne life and death Wherein there is none that hath any authoritie or publike Iurisdiction that goeth by Discent or is held by Charter but all at the appointment and pleasure of the Emperour and the same practised by the Iudges with such awe and restraint as that they dare not determine vpon any speciall matter but must referre the same wholly vp to the Mosko to the Emperours Councell To shew his Souereigntie ouer the liues of his Subjects the late Emperour Iuan Vasilowich in his walkes or progresses if he had misliked the face or person of any man whom he met by the way or that looked vpon him would command his head to be strooke off Which was presently done and the head cast before him Fourthly for the Souereigne Appeale and giuing of Pardons in Criminall Matters to such as are conuicted it is wholly at the pleasure and grace of the Emperour Wherein also the Empresse that now is being a woman of great Clemencie and withall delighting to deale in publike Affaires of the Realme the rather to supply the defect of her Husband doth behaue her selfe after an absolute manner giuing out pardon specially on her birth day and other solemne times in her owne name by open Proclamation without any mention at all of the Emperour Some there haue beene
about the yeere 990. Vlodomirus Duke of Russia married one Anne Sister to Basilius and Constantinus Brothers and Emperours of Constantinople Whereupon the Russe receiued the Faith and Profession of Christ. Which though it be somewhat more ancient then the time noted before out of the Russe Report yet it falleth out all to one reckoning touching this point viz. in what truth and sinceritie of Doctrine the Russe receiued the first stampe of Religion for asmuch as the Greeke Church at that time also was many wayes infected with errour and superstition At my being there the yeere 1588. came vnto the Mosko the Patriarch of Constantinople or Sio called Hieronimo being banished as some sayd by the Turke as some other reported by the Greeke Clergie depriued The Emperour being giuen altogether to superstitious deuotions gaue him great entertaynment Before his comming to Mosko hee had beene in Italy with the Pope as was reported there by some of his company His arrand was to consult with the Emperour concerning these points First about a League to passe betwixt him and the King of Spaine as the meetest Prince to joyne with him in opposition against the Turke To which purpose also Ambassages had passed betwixt the Russe and the Persian Likewise from the Georgians to the Emperour of Russia to joyne league together for the inuading of the Turke on all sides of his Dominion taking the aduantage of the simple qualitie of the Turke that now is This treatie was helped forward by the Emperours Ambassadour of Almayne sent at the same time to solicite an inuasion vpon the parts of Polonia that lye towards Rusland and to borrow money of the Russe Emperour to pursue the warre for his Brother Maximilian against the Swedens sonne now King of Poland But this consultation concerning a league betwixt the Russe and the Spaniard which was in some forwardnesse at my comming to Mosko and already one appointed for Ambassage into Spaine was marred by meanes of the ouerthrow giuen to the Spanish King by her Majestie the Queene of England this last yeere Which made the Russe Emperour and his Councell to giue a sadder countenance to the English Ambassadour at that time for that they were disappointed of so good a policie as was this conjunction supposed to bee betwixt them and the Spanish His second purpose whereto the first serued as an introduction was in reuenge of the Turke and the Greeke Clergie that had thrust him from his seate to treate with them about the reducing of the Russe Church vnder the Pope of Rome Wherein it may seeme that comming lately from Rome hee was set on by the Pope who hath attempted the same many times before though all in vaine and namely the time of the late Emperour Iuan Vasilowich by one Anthony his Legate But thought this belike a farre better meane to obtayne his purpose by treatie and mediation of their owne Patriarch But this not succeeding the Patriarch fell to a third point of treatie concerning the resignation of his Patriarchship and translation of the Sea from Constantinople or Scio to the Citie of Mosko Which was so well liked and entertayned by the Emperour as a matter of high Religion and policie that no other treatie specially of forraigne Ambassages could bee heard or regarded till that matter was concluded The reason wherewith the Patriarch perswaded the translating of his Sea to the Citie of Mosko were these in effect First for that the Sea of the Patriarch was vnder the Turke that is enemie to the Faith And therefore to bee remooued into some other Countrey of Christian profession Secondly because the Russe Church was the onely naturall daughter of the Greeke at this time and holdeth the same Doctrine and Ceremonies with it the rest being all subject to the Turke and fallen away from the right profession Wherein the subtill Greeke to make the better market of his broken ware aduanced the honour that would grow to the Emperour and his Countrey to haue the Patriarchs Seat translated into the chiefe Citie and seate of his Empire As for the right of translating the Sea and appointing his Successour hee made no doubt of it but that it pertayned wholly to himselfe So the Emperour and his Councell with the principall of his Clergie being assembled at the Mosko it was determined that the Metropolite of Mosko should become Patriarch of the whole Greeke Church and haue the same full Authoritie and Iurisdiction that pertayned before to the Patriarch of Constantinople or Sio And that it might bee done with more order and solemnitie the fiue and twentieth or Ianuarie 1588. the Greeke Patriarch accompanied with the Russe Clergie went to the great Church of Precheste or our Ladie within the Emperours Castle hauing first wandred thorow the whole Citie in manner of a Procession and blessing the people with his two fingers where hee made an Oration and deliuered his resignation in an Instrument of writing and so layed downe his Patriarchicall staffe Which was presently receiued by the Metropolite of Mosko and diuers other ceremonies vsed about the Inauguration of this new Patriarch The day was holden very solemne by the people of the Citie who were commanded to forbeare their workes and to attend this solemnitie The great Patriarch that day was honoured with rich Presents sent him from the Emperour and Empresse of Plate cloath of Gold Furres c. carryed with great pompe thorow the streets of Mosko and at his departing receiued many gifts more both from the Emperour Nobilitie and Clergie Thus the Patriarchship of Constantinople or Sio which hath continued since the Councell of Nice is now translated to Mosko or they made beleeue that they haue a Patriarch with the same right and Authoritie that the other had Wherein the subtill Greeke hath made good aduantage of their Superstition and is now gone away with a rich bootie into Poland whither their Patriarchship be currant or not The matter is not vnlike to make some Schisme betwixt the Greeke and Russe Church if the Russe hold his Patriarchship that hee hath so well payed for and the Greekes Elect another withall as likely they will whether this man were banished by the Turke or depriued by order of his owne Clergie Which might happen to giue aduantage to the Pope and to bring ouer the Russe Church to the Sea of Rome to which end peraduenture hee deuised this Stratagem and cast in this matter of Schisme among them but that the Emperours of Russia know well enough by the example of other Christian Princes what inconuenience would grow to their State and Countrey by subjecting themselues to the Romish Sea To which end the late Emperour Iuan Vasilowich was very inquisitiue of the Popes authoritie ouer the Princes of Christendome and sent one of very purpose to Rome to behold the order and behauiour of his Court. With this Patriarch Hieronymo was driuen out at the same time by the great Turke one Demetrio
memorie who called the place Meta incognita he brought home some of the Natiues and left some of his men there In the yeere 1580. the Companie sent out a second Voyage for the discouerie of the Riuer Obb and thence to goe on to Cathay furnishing forth two ships vnder the command of Arthur Pet and Charles Iackman who following their instructions arriued at Vaigats passed those Streights with a particular obseruation of those Ilands and places therein plyed along the East part of Nouazembla and the North of Russia and the Samoeds Countrey so farre as the Ice would giue them leaue and finding no possibilitie of passage by reason of the Ice returned backe in the latter end of the yeere By this time the Voyage of Saint Nicolas was knowne and become a beaten trade And the Companie sent out yeerely thither ten or twelue ships which returned fraighted with the commodities of that Countrey In the yeere 1583. by the leaue and admittance of the Moscouia Companie Sir Humfrey Gilbert went out for the discouerie of the North part of Terra Florida came into the great Riuer called Saint Laurence in Canada tooke possession of the Countrey setled the gouernment of the fishing there which is so well knowne in these times In the yeere 1585. Master Iohn Dauis was furnished out at Dartmouth with two Barkes for the discouerie of the North-west came into the height of 66. plyed along the coast obserued the probabilitie of a passage and in the end of the yeere returned In the yeere following being 1586. hee went on againe in the further discouerie thereof found a great Inlet betweene 55. and 56. of latitude which gaue him great hope of a passage traded with the people there and so returned In the yeere 1587. hee made a third Voyage to those places followed his course to the North and North-west to the Latitude of 67. degrees hauing the Continent which hee called America on the West side and Groineland which hee named Desolation on the East and going on the height of 86. degrees the passage enlarged so that hee could not see the Westerne shoare Thus he continued in the Latitude of 73. degrees in a great Sea free from Ice of an vnmeasurable depth but by the occasion of the departure of two Ships which were in company with him which hee left Fishing at a place he returned home This passage continueth the Name and memorie of the first Discouerer and is called Fretum Dauis And thus the Discouerie of the Northern Seas proceeded on from time to time by the endeauour and charge of the Muscouia Companie vntill they had particularly discouered the Lands Coasts Ilands Straights Hauens Bayes Riuers and other places therein and measured euery part thereof by their often tracing to and fro Together also with the obseruation of the Commodities and Aduantages arising from euery part of the same continuing euen vnto these times to haunt and frequent the parts which they had formerly found out As by their yeerely Reportaries and Iournals may appeare and that either without emulation or competition of any other Nation that euer came into those parts or enterprised any Discouerie there vntill of late yeeres as appeares by this that followeth When Richard Chancelor had setled a trade with Iohn Vasilowich then Emperour of Russia and his Ambassadours had beene heere in England to accomplish matters requisite for maintenance of the Amitie and Entercourse made and agreed vpon betweene these two Crownes King Philip Queene Marie Dukes also at that time of Burgundie and Soueraignes of all the Netherlands made a grant of Priuiledge vnto the Muscouia Merchants for the sole Trade of those Seas prohibiting all others to haunt and frequent the same without speciall Licence and consent of the sayd Companie which grant of Priuiledge was accordingly enioyed without disturbance or interloping of the Hollanders who out of obedience either to the Prohibition made by their Soueraigne or for that they durst not aduenture into these Seas did not any way attempt to bee seene or appeare there either for Discouerie or trade of Merchandize for the space of fiue and twentie yeeres after the Port of Saint Nicholas was first Discouered and found out by the English For the Company hauing as is aboue mentioned made their first Discouerie in the yeere 1553. there was neuer heard of any Netherlander that frequented those Seas vntill the yeere 1578. At which time they first began to come to Cola and within a yeere or two after one Iohn de Whale a Netherlander came to the Bay of Saint Nicholaâ being drawne thither by the perswasion of some English for their better meane of Interloping which was the first man of that Nation that euer was seene there And this as is formerly noted was fiue and twentie yeeres after it was Discouered by the Muscouia Merchants Afterwards the Hollanders crept in more and more and in the yeere 1594. they made out foure Ships for Discouerie of the North-east passage to China the Master Pylot whereof was William Barrents these came vpon the Coast of Nouazembla to the Latitude of 77. degrees drew backe againe towards the Straights of Vaigats and then returned giuing Names vnto some places and Promontories vpon that Land In the yeere 1595. They sent out a second Voyage tracing the way through the Straights of Vaigats in the same steps as Pet and Iackman had formerly passed and so returned In the yeere 1596. They set out a third Voyage with two Ships the one of which shaped her course from the Cape of Norway to an Iland in the Latitude of 74. degrees which wee call Cherie Iland and they call Beare Iland and from thence to Greenland where Sir Hugh Willoughbie had beene two and fortie yeeres before for so long time there is betweene the first Discouerie thereof and the yeere 1596. And from thence to the North-east part of Nouazembla in the Latitude of 76. degrees where they Wintred and lost their Ship and came home with much difficultie In the yeere 1603. Stephen Bennet was imployed by the Companie in a Ship called the Grace to those parts Northwards of the Cape and was at Cherie Iland and killed some Sea-horses and brought home Lead Oare from thence In the yeere 1608. the said fellowship set foorth a Ship called the Hope-well whereof William Hudson was Master to discouer to the Pole where it appeareth by his Iournall that hee came to the height of 81. degrees where he gaue Names to certayne places vpon the Continent of Greenland formerly discouered which continue to this day namely Whale Bay and Hackluit Head-land and being hindred with Ice returned home without any further vse made of the Countrey and in ranging homewards hee discouered an Iland lying in 71. degrees which hee named Hudsons Tutches Heere it is to bee vnderstood that the Companie hauing by often resort and imployment to
the great mercie of God we came to an Anchor cleere of it and close by it our Master named them the Iles of Gods Mercie This is an Harbour for need but there must be care had how they come in Heere our Master sent me and others with me to discouer to the North and North-west and in going from one place to another we sprung a Couey of Partridges which were young at the which Thomas Woodhouse shot but killed only the old one This Iland is a most barren place hauing nothing on it but plashes of water and riuen Rockes as if it were subiect to Earthquakes To the North there is a great Bay or Sea for I know not what it will proue where I saw a great Iland of Ice aground betweene the two Lands which with the Spring-tide was set afloat and carried into this Bay or Sea to the North-westward but came not backe againe nor within sight Here wee tooke in some Drift wood that we found ashoare From hence we stood to the South-west to double the Land to the West of vs through much floting Ice In the end wee found a cleere Sea and continued therein till wee raysed Land to the North-west Then our Master made his course more to the South then before but it was not long ere we met with Ice which lay ahead of vs. Our Master would haue doubled this Ice to the North but could not and in the end put into it downe to the South-west through much Ice and then to the South where we were embayed againe Our Master stroue to get the shoare but could not for the great store of Ice that was on the coast From out of this Bay we stood to the North and were soone out of the Ice then downe to the South-west and so to the West where we were enclosed to our fight with Land and Ice For wee had Land from the South to the North-west on one side and from the East to the West on the other but the Land that was to the North of vs and lay by East and West was but an Iland On we went till we could goe no further for Ice so we made our ship fast to the Ice which the tide brought vpon vs but when the ebbe came the Ice did open and made way so as in seuen or eight houres we were cleere from the Ice till we came to weather but onely some of the great Ilands that were carried along with vs to the North-west Hauing a cleere Sea our Master stood to the West along by the South shoare and raysed three Capes or Head-lands lying one aboue another The middlemost is an Iland and maketh a Bay or Harbour which I take will proue a good one Our Master named them Prince Henries Cape or Fore-land When we had layd this we raised another which was the extreme point of the Land looking towards the North vpon it are two Hills but one aboue the rest like an Hay-cocke which our Master named King Iames his Cape To the North of this lie certaine Ilands which our Master named Queene Annes Cape or Fore-land Wee followed the North shoare still Beyond the Kings Cape there is a Sound or Bay that hath some Ilands in it and this is not to be forgotten if need be Beyond this lieth some broken Land close to the Mayne but what it is I know not because we passed by it in the night Wee stood to the North to double this Land and after to the West againe till wee fell with Land that stretched from the Mayne like a shewer from the South to the North and from the North to the West and then downe to the South againe Being short of this Land a storme tooke vs the wind at West we stood to the North and raised Land which when our Master saw he stood to the South againe for he was loath at any time that wee should see the North shoare The storme continuing and comming to the South shoare againe our Master found himselfe shot to the West a great way which made him muse considering his Leeward way To the South-west of this Land on the Mayne there is an high Hill which our Master named Mount Charles To the North and beyond this lieth an Iland that to the East hath a faire head and beyond it to the West other broken Land which maketh a Bay within and a good Road may be found there for ships Our Master named the first Cape Salsburie When we had left this to the North-east we fell into a Rippling or Ouer-fall of a Current which at the first we tooke to bee a Shoald but the Lead being cast wee had no ground On we passed still in sight of the South shoare till we raised Land lying from the Mayne some two leagues Our Master tooke this to bee a part of the Mayne of the North Land but it is an Iland the North side stretching out to the West more then the South This Iland hath a faire Head to the East and very high Land which our Master named Deepes Cape and the Land on the South side now falling away to the South makes another Cape or Head-land which our Master named Worsenhams Cape When wee were nigh the North or Iland Cape our Master sent the Boat ashoare with my selfe who had the charge and the Carpenter and diuers others to discouer to the West and North-west and to the South-west but we had further to it then we thought for the Land is very high and we were ouer-taken with a storme of Raine Thunder and Lightning But to it we came on the North-east side and vp we got from one Rocke to another till we came to the highest of that part Here we found some plaine ground and saw some Deere as first foure or fiue and after a dozen or sixteene in an Herd but could not come nigh them with a Musket shot Thus going from one place to another wee saw to the West of vs an high Hill aboue all the rest it being nigh vs but it proued further off then we made account for when wee came to it the Land was so steepe on the East and North-east parts that wee could not get vnto it To the South-west we saw that wee might and towards that part wee went along by the side of a great Pond of water which lieth vnder the East side of this Hill and there runneth out of it a streame of water as much as would driue an ouer-shot Mill which falleth downe from an high Cliffe into the Sea on the South side In this place great store of Fowle breed and there is the best Grasse that I had seene since we came from England Here wee found Sorell and that which wee call Scuruy-grasse in great abundance Passing along wee saw some round Hills of stone like to Grasse cockes which at the first I tooke to be the worke of some Christian. Wee
Offerings and obtayned diuers Immunities of the Emperour and Pope After his returne he inuaded the Scots and ouercame King Malcolme with two other Kings He going from Rome to Denmarke sent a Letter to his English subjects thus beginning Canutus Rex totius Angliae Danemerciae Norreganorum partis Suanorum Aethelnotho Metropolitanâ Alfrico Eboracensi Archiepiscopo omnibusque Episcopis Primatibus toti Anglorum genti tam nobilibuâ quam plebeijs salutem Notifico vobis me nouiter iuisse Romam oratum pro redemptioâe peccaminum meorum pro salute Regnorum quique meo subiacent regimini populorum Hanc quidem profectionem Deo iam olim deuoueram sed pro negotijs Regni causis impedientibus huc vsque perficere non potui Nunc autem ipsi Deo meo Omnipotenti valdè humiliter gratias ago qui mihi concessit in vita mea Sanctos Apostolos suos Petrum Paulum omne Sanctuarium quod iuxta vrbem Romam aut extra addiscere potui expetere secundum desiderium meum presentialiter venerari adorare Ob id ergo maximè hoc patrauâ quia à sapientibus didici sanctum Petrum Apostolum magnam potestatem à Domino accepisse ligandi atque soluendi clauigerumque esse Regni Celestis ideo speciale eius patrocinium apud Dominum diligenter expetere valdè vtile duxi c. HONDIVS his Map of Denmarke DANIAE REGNUÌ Canutus before his death set his Sonne Suanus in possession of Norway and Hardecanutus his Sonne ouer the Danes Harald and Hardecanutus diuided England betwixt them after his death Anno 1035. and Harald dying Anno 1040. that quarrell was ended and soone after by the others death the Danish Empire in England the small space of King Edward interceding that and another Conquest of the Normans descended also of like Northerne namely of Norwegian Originall Canutus his Daughter Cunilda was married to Henry the Emperour and being accused of Adultery against a Giantly Champion appeared in her defence a childish English Dwarffe which serued her who slue the Giant and presented his head to the Ladie who thereupon diuorced herselfe and became a Nunne Suânâ King of Norway after fiue yeeres deceased and Canutus his ill-gotten English and Norwegian wings were quickly not only pulled but cut off The English had occasion of further inuasion to and from Norway For Suanus decessing the Norwegians chose Magnus the Sonne of Saint Olaue for their King which when Hardecanutus vnderstood as the Danish Storie set forth by Erpold Lindânbruch testifieth hee inuaded Norway with his English and Danish forces where he and Magnus came to composition that the Suruiuour should enjoy both Kingdomes When Hardâcanuââ was dead Suâââ the Sonne of Estrid his Sister succeeded and Magnus King of Norway fought with Suâââ to obtayne his couenanted Kingdome of Denmarke and ouercame him Suâââ fled into Sweden and there abode till the death of Magnus after which he recouered his Danish Scepter Floreâtius writeth that Suanus sent to King Edward the Confessor intreating his side with a Nauie against Mâgnus Earle Godwine counselled to send fiftie ships but Earle Leofrike and the people refused and Magnus with a great Nauie fought with Suââus and expelled him his Kingdome which hee after recouered Harald Haruager the Sonne of Siâard King of Norâay and Brother by the Mothers side to Saint Olaue obtayned Norway after his Nephew Magnus and sent an Embassage to King Edward whereby Peace and Amitie was concluded betwixt both the Kings He after King Edwards death inuaded England with a great Nauie of three hundred ships and discomfited the Earles Edwine and Mârcar neere Yorke but fiue dayes after Harold then King Sonne of Earle Godwin slue his Brother Tosti and Haruagre at Stamford Bridge permitting his Sonne Olaue to returne vpon conditions to Norway But whiles he conuerted the spoyle to his owne proper vse he gaue such disgust to the English that a few dayes after in the battayle with William Earle of Normandie they were lesse zealous of his cause where a new Norman period beganne those Northerne quarrels hauing had no other end but this succession I shall not need to adde what followed the Norman Acts in Italie Palestina and other places I haue handled else-where little occurring of Mars but Mercurie of which I haue by me Letters from King Henry the Third the first yeere of his Reigne to ãâã or Haquân then King of Norway for mutuall Trafficke betwixt both their subjects It is remarkable that the Northerne humour of spoile slaughter and bloud continued whiles they were Pagans and expired in manner with their Paganisme both in Norwegians and Danes as if God would first by them punish the vices of those times and withall conquer the Conquerours with the Religion of the conquered and by so strange a way bring the Northerne World by this way of destroying to saluation Since that time the State of Norway Island and other parts hath decayed in numbers of shipping courage of men and other meanes of Earthly greatnesse Somewhat yet for History and an Historians sake I will adde of Matthâââariâ an Englishman his Voyage to Norway In the yeere 1247. Matthew Paris recordeth that on the day of Saint Olaue a famous Saint in the Regions and Ilands of Norway Haâon was crowned King and solemnely anointed at Berga by the Bishop of Sabine then Legate from the Pope in those parts For the honour whereof the said King gaue the Pope 15000. Markes sterling besides inualuable Gifts which the Legate himselfe had and fiue hundred Markes by him extorted saith our Author from the Church of that Kingdome The King also receiuing the Crosse for the Holy Land Expedition obtayned of the Pope the third part of the Ecclesiasticall Reuenues of that Kingdome towards his charges Which Lewis the French King knowing writ in friendly termes to Hacon to beare him company in the said Expedition offering him full power in regard of his Sea-skill ouer his Nauie and ouer the French Army This Letter was carried by our Authour Matthew Paris to whom King Hacon answered that he gaue great thankes to that deuour King but knew in part the nature of the French as saith the Poet ãâ¦ã and I say Omnisque superbus Impatiâus consârtis erit My people is impeâuous indiscreet and impatient of wrongs which might occasion irreparable damage and therefore it is fitter for each to goe by himselfe But I haue written to the King for quiet passage thorow his Countrey and prouisions as need required The Kings Answere thereto and Letterâ Patents were also deliuered to him by this our Author in this forme Ludonicus Dei gratia Francorum Rex vniuersi ãâã fidâlibus ãâã Balliâis Maioâibus Praepositis ad quos praesântes literâ pâruanerint salutem Cum clarissimus noster Illustris Hacon Rex Norwegiae in subsidium Târrae sancta transfretare proponat sicut nobis
per suas literas intimaâit vobis mandamus quatenus si cundem Regem vel ipsius Nauigium per mare coâtiguum terrae nostra tranâirâ contingat vel in Terram nostram vel in feâda nostra alicubi applicarâ ipsum suos benignè honorificè recipiatis permittentes eosdem in terra nostra a victualia ãâã sibi pâr forum legitimum de sibi necessarijs prouidere Actum apud Sanctum Germanum in Laia A. D. 1248. When the King of Norway had read this for hee is a discreet and modest and well learned man hee reioyced much and was gratefull to the bearer respecting him with Royall and bountifull gifts Thus writeth Matthew Paris of himselfe and his employment The cause of his going into Norway he further relateth that King Cnuto or Canutus hauing founded a famous Monastery of Saint Bennet of Holm in Norway of which title and order hee had founded another in England it happened that the said Abbie with the appurtenances was almost ruined by an impious Abbat who forsaking his Order and stealing away priuily the Seale of the Chapiter either sold or by forged writings fraudulently engaged almost all the possessions thereof wherein hee had the Sacrist the keeper of the Seale his copartner both in this fugitiue apostacie and treacherie Heereupon the Archbishop of Nidrosia in whose Diocesse the said Abbie was situate seised the same and the appurtenances into his hands alledging that the Monkes had only the habite but were altogether ignorant of Monastike order and Saint Bennets rule some of them also theeues and fugitiues The Monkes appealed to the Pope which caused the Archbishop to suspend his proceedings and the Prior recouering somewhat and gathering together a summe of money went to the Roman Court where the Abbat had beene a little before and intangled by writings the said house in fiue hundred markes which caused the Prior to returne frustrate and full of griefe But in his way hearing that the said Abbat was dead in the Abby of Saint Alban in Selio in Norway he and the Couent made choice of an Abbat and this Prior with another Monke and three hundred markes in mony together with the Kings letter being sent to Matthew Paris to take paines for their freedome it was procured happily that the temporalties of the said house were freed from the Caursines the Popes Vsurers then residing at London within one yeeres space But their Spiritualities were much maimed they by bribes purchasing delayes lest the Archbishop should take possession of the Iland which wholly belonged to the Abby and of it also expelling the Monkes Now the Cardinall Bishop of Sabine then comming Legate into Norway the Monkes sought to him for succour and hee counselled them to go and petition the Pope to prouide them of an Instructor and Reformer and he would write in their behalfe The Abbat therefore and Prior went with Letters from the King and Legate to the Pope who gaue them leaue to chuse any man of whatsoeuer Region or Monasterie to be their Instructer They answered the next day that all the World had not Monkes of that Order liuing in more composed order then England nor England any comparable by report to Saint Albans of which House they desired Matthew to be their Reformer of whose wisdome and faithfulnes they had had experience a man also almost familiar and friendly to their King and able by his meanes to order the rebellious and vnruly Hereupon the Pope gaue them this Briefe to the Abbat of Saint Albans Innocentius c. Dilecto Filio Abbati Sancti Albani in Anglia Ordinis S. Benedicti c. Cum sicut ex parte dilecti filij Abbatis Monasterij de Holâs Ordinis S. Benedicti Nistorsiensis Diocesis fuit propositum coram nobis idem Monasterium propter Pradecessorum suorum negligentiam sit in his quae ad Monasticum Ordinem pertinent deformatum nec inueniator in illis partibus aliquis qui statuta obseruantias eiusdem Ordinis bene sciat Nos ad supplicationem eiusdem Abbatis discretionem tuam rogamus attentius hortamur per Apostolica tibi scripta mandantes quatenus dilectum filium Fratrem Mattheum Monachum tuum qui dicitur probeta vitae ac religionis expertae ad idem Monasterium vt dictum Abbatem Monachos suos in regularibus disciplinis statutis quae ad eundem ordinem pertinent informet instruat transmittere pro diuina Apostolicae sedis ac nostra reuerentia non postponas Datum Lugduni c. Hereto the Abbat obeying and Matthew to his Abbat the businesse luckily succeeded and Monkerie both in that of Holâs and other Norwegian Monasteries was reformed I might here shew the great stirres which in the first Ages after the Conquest the Norwegians haue caused in Ireland Wales Man Anglesey the Hebrides and Orcades as also of Harald whom the Conquerour slue his two sonnes and daughter fleeing to Sueno King of Denmarke who gaue the daughter in Marriage to Ieruslaus or Waldemarus King of Russia and of Nicolas de Lynna a Franciscan Frier and Mathematician of Oxford before mentioned of whom Iacobus Cuoyen saith in his Iournall that he learned of a Priest who had descended of those which King Arthur had left to people the Ilands of Norway Anno 1364. that in the yeere 1360. the said Frier had comne into those Ilands and proceeding further by Art Magicke had described those Aââike parts as the Map presents with foure Whirl-pooles or In-draughts Yea as Master Dee addeth at the Northerne Ilands the Record whereof at his returne he gaue to the King of England the Booke being called Inuentio fortunata or fortunae contayning a description from fiftie foure degrees to the Pole I might also adde out of Thâmas of Walsingham the Trauels of Henrie Earle of Darbie afterwards Henrie the Fourth King of England into Prussia and Lettow or Lithuania where by his helpe especially was taken Vilna the chiefe Citie Skârgalle the King of Lettow hauing fled thither for refuge his Colours being first aduanced on the walls foure thousand slaine of which the King of Polands Brother and three thousand captiued Also I might adde the Voyage of Thomas of Woodstocke Duke of Glocester sonne to King Edward the Third along the Coasts of Denmarke Norway and Scotland Other Letters likewise of King Edward the Second to Haquin or Hacon King of Norway in behalfe of English Merchants there arrested with Entercourses betwixt the English and the Dutch Knights in Liefland But hauing only briefe mentions of these and them or the most of them recorded by Master Hakluyts industrie before I doe here but Index-wise referre the Reader thither I rather choose to giue new things and rare and such may seeme these Notes which Anno 1605. I writ from the mouth of Master George Barkeley HONDIVS his Map of the Arctike Pole or Northerne World POLUS ARCTICUS cum vicinis regionibus CHAP.
Aequator that the Arctick Circle diuides it in the middest that is to say sixtie fiue degrees and a halfe The Ilands called Ebudae are obiect to the North part of this Iland But whether that be of these which Ptolemie and ancient Writers call Thule or rather Iseland that great Iland I dare neither affirme nor altogether denie because there is no Iland found where Ptolemie set Thule Now the later Writers make another manner of longitude about Scotland and the bordering Ilands then Ptolemie euer thought HONDIVS his Map of ISLAND ISLAND In these whirle-pooles and darknesse this Fleet one onely Ship excepted perished They that were preserued after many long labours and perils sayling through the Tartarian Sea came into a very hote Countrey and entring into a large Bay they went on shoare vpon the next Land And when the Inhabitants had hid themselues in secret places by reason of the great heate and scorching of the Sunne they saw Gold and other precious things set heere and there without a guard And when they had carryed away asmuch as they would and hasted to the Ship they saw some pursue them with Dogs of strange bignesse One who was hindred and laden with a prey that hee could not escape was torne in peeces of the Dogges The rest after long sayling shunning these Whirle-pooles arriued in Muscouia thence by the Balticke Sea returning vnto Breme they brought backe these tidings to Alebrand the Bishop with part of the prey Much about this time the Noruegians by example of the Heluetians in Iulius Caesars time are supposed to haue come out of Norway who then long time possessed that part of France which now also is call Normandie And when they had performed great attempts by Sea and Land against the Britaines they did not onely scoure the Sea by hostile incursions but also expelled the Saracens who at that time came into Italy and sought to seat themselues in Calabria and Apulia After they brought Colonies Northward into Hitland Ferow and Island which way they learned of the Bremians by meanes of the Nobilitie of Frisia aforesaid And euen the very proprietie of their speech doth testifie that they came out of Norway for the pronunciation of the Iselanders doth agree with the antient Inhabitants of Norway For vpon the Sea coast of Norway especially where the famous Hauen and Citie of Bergen is by reason of the resort and familiaritie with the Germaines and Danes the Language is changed Of the Iselanders Religion IN the yeere of Christ 1398. Woldemarus the second of that name gouerned the Danish Kingdome whereunto Norway was added whose posteritie held it vntill Ericus Duke of Pomerania and Christopher Banar Vnto this Waldemarus all the Arctoian Colonies obeyed so that now vnder that Woldemarus the Iselanders were first instructed in the Christian Religion when before they had worshipped strange Gods And when almost all Christian people in that lamentable darkenesse and title of a Church as it were by Witchcraft deceiued were detayned in most deepe bonds of superstition it could not bee but they who were furthest remoued from the societie of Learned men and dwelling vnder an vnciuill and barbarous Climate should fall into most foule Idolatrie when sometimes as hereafter shall bee declared they had Deuils to serue them as familiar as domesticall seruants But after Luther began to bee knowne Christianus the King of Denmarke procured purer Doctrine to himselfe and purged the Churches in the Kingdome of Denmarke Norway and all the Ilands subiect vnto him sending Ministers into Iseland to sow the seede of the Gospell there Hee sent a Printer also out of Denmarke to set forth the Bible the common places of Philip Melancthon the Workes of Vrbanus Regius and others in the vulgar Tongue to the Pastors who were ignorant of the Latine as at that time almost all of them were And also sent for fit and apt young men out of Iseland whom hee maintayned in the Haffâian Vniuersitie at his owne costs and gaue them charge ouer Churches and Schooles King Woldemare as soone as they should professe Christian Religion in Iseland ordayned them two Bishops one in Scalholden in the East part and another in Hollen in the West whose Successours at this day retayne nothing but a shadow and a bare Title for they haue no other reuenues but Butter and Fish But when that reformation whereof I spake was made by King Christian in the Churches of Iseland one of the Bishops in Scalholden conspiring with the people reiects the Doctrine of the Gospell and making a rebellion they kill the Kings Lieutenant The yeere following which was 1535. the King sent a Noble man of the Order of Knighthood one Paul Hitfelt whom I saw an old man in Denmarke furnished with a Fleet Souldiers and Munition into the Iland The seditious being slaine hee renueth the reformation of the Doctrine of the Gospell and returneth into Denmarke leauing a certayne Noble man to take charge of the Church and Iland The greatest man in Iseland at that time was one Tadde Bonde Hee after the Kings Armie was departed conspiring with the principall men whom by his Authoritie hee drew to take his part reuolted from his Allegiance and perswaded the rest of the Ilanders to follow They meete together in a place called Waloe and conspiring to rebell and cast off the Kings subiection they impart their counsels together and Tadde had his possâssions not in one place and many retayners and for these causes hee thought they could not easily bee suppressed The Bishop who dwelt in the East had a speciall care to acquaint the Kings Lieutenant with all that was done for the Lieutenant was absent in the West part of that Iland and the Bishop hated Tadde a long time For in that first Rebellion hee had falsly accused him to the Lieutenant as guiltie and author of the Rebellion This accusation onely brought great and extreame calamitie vpon him The Lieutenant being certified what was done hee perswadeth by fit instruments some of the Complices of the faction to continue in their Allegiance propounding rewards and punishments Then many of them when they saw the greatnesse of the danger leauing him came humbly to the Lieutenant and begge pardon and obtayne it Tadde therefore is adiudged an Enemie both of the King and of his Countrey they promise therefore by an Oath and giuing of their Faith that they will pursue him Then hee through feare of the danger with a few of his Domestickes which hee had gathered together kept himselfe at the foote of Hekelueld but being circumuented they were all slaine and hee taken They that tooke him brought him to the Bishop to commit him to Prison but hee refused to receiue him Therefore they draw him to another certaine man of those who had the chiefe place in Iustice neither would hee receiue him fearing the hatred of the people There was at that time there a certayne Iselander Ionas by name a
house out of the earth by reason of the strong winds which sometimes ouerthrow Horses and their Riders They haue great plentie of Butter for the fatnes of the grasse for the Island grasâe is so fat that Oxen after a certaine time are to be driuen from the Pastures lest they burst And it is of so pleasing a sent that our men lay it vp in their Chests with singular care for their garments The most part for scarcitie of Vessels lay their Butter aside in the corners of their Houses as we doe Lime or other matter and that without Salt They haue domesticall cattle as kine but many of them are without hornes Al their Horses are amblers very fit for carrying of burdens They haue very great sheepe they keepe not a Hogge nor a Hen for want of graine if fodder or hay faile them in the Winter they feed their cattle with fish They haue rough Dogs bred without tayle and eares for their pleasure which they sell deere and greatly esteeme when notwithstanding they offer their children to any that will aske them and that freely Besides this Iland hath white Foxes and huge Beares of the same colour They haue no Birds but water-fowle whereof there are diuers kinds and sorts found there vnknowne vnto vs. Crowes sometimes are changed white and excellent Falcons and some among them white which being taken and gotten with the great cost of the Spaniards and Portugals are also carried away in great number which thing was done while I was in Island to my great profit Island also hath white Partridges There are also euery where through the whole Iland most pleasant Riuers which yeeld the Inhabitants fish in great plentie Salmon Trowts and Sturgeons There is one only bridge in all the Iland made of the bones of a Whale They that goe from one part of the Iland to another by the Continent haue no way which they may follow for the solitarinesse thereof but as Saylers in the Sea so they by the helpe of the Load-stone performe their journeyes The depth of the Sea neere Island is very exceeding In these gulfs there are Whales of wonderful bignes and many Sea-monsters which cannot bee killed or taken of men the Ice only through the force of the winds dasheth them against the Rockes and killeth them I saw such a Monster cast vpon the shoare dead whose length was thirty ells his heigth more then a very long Warlike Pike A Whale being dead or killed the Inhabitants make Buildings and Dwellings of the bones thereof with great dexteritie and skill they make also seates benches tables and other vtensils smoothing them so that they seeme like Iuory They that sleepe in these houses are said alwayes to dreame of shipwrack And although it bee a huge and fearfull creature and haue great strength yet notwithstanding oftentimes he is not onely withstood but ouercome of his capitall enemie not so great which is called Orca this fish hath the shape of a ship turned vpside-downe and vpon his backe very sharpe and long finnes wherewith hee woundeth the soft of the belly of the Whale and killeth him and the Whale so feareth this fish that in shunning him he often dasheth himselfe against the shoare The Iseland Sea hath a Monster also whose name is vnknowne They iudge it a kinde of Whale at the first sight when hee shewes his head out of the Sea hee so scarreth men that they fall downe almost dead His square head hath flaming eyes on both sides fenced with long hornes his body is blacke and beset with blacke quills if he be seene by night his eyes are fiery which lighten his whole head which he putteth out of the Sea nothing can either bee painted or imagined more fearfull Olaus Magnus maketh mention of this Monster in his twentieth Booke and saith that it is twelue cubits long Such a Monster at that time tore in pieces with his teeth a Fisher-boate wherein there were three Fisher-men so that they were drowned one of them who held in his hand a little cord wherewith hee vsed to draw the hooke and the fishes laid hold of the boord which floted in the Sea so he was saued getting out of the bottom vpon the planke and swam foorth and declared this to the Kings Gouernour in my presence adding moreouer that he was saued from heauen that he might get maintenance for his children who otherwise were readie to perish with hunger when the other two though married yet were without children Another Monster also is often there seene and taken of ten or twelue elles long it is called Hacfal it is all fat it is taken after a wonderfull manner they haue a very long pike wherunto they fasten an Iron with a forked point that it cannot goe backe vnto the staffe a cord of a maruailous length is fastned they sticke this speare in the Monster which swimmeth vnto it for prey perceiuing a man in the little boates as soone as the Monster feeles himselfe strooken and wounded forthwith he hides himselfe in the Deepe and there his bloud being powred out dyes afterward the Fishers draw him to the land by the long cords fastned to the speare Besides it hath diuers Sea Monsters a Dogge fish which putting his head out of the Sea barketh and receiueth his whelps sporting in the Sea againe into his belly while they come to more growth It hath Horses and Kine and what not and it is a maruell how skilfull Nature sports in expressing the shape of all earthly Creatures and Fowles in the Sea Neither should any man perswade me that these things are true although ten Aristotles should affirme them vnto me vnlesse I had seene most of them with mine eyes Let no man therefore presently cry out that what he knowes not is fabulous The men of Lubeck Hamburg and Breme were often wont to goe to this Iland and leaue their seruants in the winter lodgings but now it is prouided by the Kings authoritie that no Germaine either by reason of trading or learning of the language leaue his seruants there in the winter but vpon what occasion this came to passe the matter standeth thus In the yeere of Christ 1561. there was a Citizen of Hamburg one Conradus Bloem left by an other in Iseland in the winter lodgings with the Bishop in Scalholden for trading and learning of the tongue the Bishops fishers find a whole Vnicornes horne in the Ice brought out of Groneland as it is thought where yet at this day Vnicorns are said to be thinking it to be a Whales tooth nor did the Bishop beleeue otherwise they bring it to their Master who gaue it to Conradus begging it he being somewhat craftie sold it after at Antwerp for some thousands of Florins When this thing came to the King of Denmarks eares he forbad that no Germaine should winter in Iseland in any cause Of the iudgement of the
as he sate in his Imperiall seat and the-also a famous Merchant of Netherland being newly come to Mosco who gaue him selfe out to be the King of Spaines subiect called Iohn de Wale was in like sort called for Some of the Nobilitie would haue preferred this subiect of the Spaniard before Master Horsey seruant to the Queen of England whereunto Master Horsey would in no case agree saying hee would haue his legges cut off by the knees before hee would yeelde to such an indignitie offered to his Soueraigne the Queenes Maiestie of England to bring the Emperour a present in course after the King of Spaines subiect or any other whatsoeuer The Emperour and the Prince Boris Pheodorowich perceuing the controuersie sent the Lord Treasurer Peter Iuanowich Galauyn and Vasili Shalkan both of the Counsell to them who deliuered the Emperour backe Master Horseys speech whereupon he was first in order as good reason admitted and presented the Emperour in the behalfe of the English Merchants trading thither a present wishing him ioy and long to raigne in tranquilitie and so kissed the Emperours hand he accepting the present with good liking and auouching that for his Sisters sake Queene Elizabeth of England he would be a gracious Lord to her Merchants in as ample manner as euer his Father had beene and being dismissed he had the same day sent him seauentie dishes of sundry kinds of meats with three carts laden with al sorts of drinks very bountifully After him was the foresaid subiect of the Spanish King admitted with his present whom the Emperor willed to be no lesse faithfull seruiceable vnto him then the Queen of Englands subiects were had been then the King of Spains subiects shold receiue fauor accordingly All these things thus in order performed prayses were sung in all the Churches The Emperour and Empresse very deuoutly resorted on foote to many principal Churches in the Citie and vpon Trinitie Sunday betooke themselues to a progresse in order of procession to a famous Monasterie called Sergius and the Trinitie sixtie miles distant from the Citie of Mosco accompanied with a huge armie of Noblemen Gentlemen and others mounted vpon goodly Horses with furniture accordingly The Empresse of deuotion tooke this iourney on foote all the way accompanyed with her Princesses and Ladies no small number her Guard and Gunners were in number twentie thousand her chiefe Counsellor or Attendant was a noble man of the bloud Royall her Vncle of great authoritie called Demetri Iuanowich Godonoua All this progresse ended both the Emperour and Empresse returned to Mosco shortly after the Emperour by the direction of the Prince Boris Pheodorowich sent a power into the Land of Siberia where all the rich Sables and Furres are gotten This power conquered in one yeere and a halfe one thousand miles In the performance of this warre there was taken prisoner the Emperour of the Country called Chare Sibersky and with him many other Dukes and Noble men which were brought to Mosco with a guard of Souldiers and Gunners who were receiued into the Citie in very honourable manner and doe there remaine to this day Hereupon the corrupt Officers Iudges Iustices Captaines and Lieutenants through the whole Kingdome were remooued and more honest men substituted in their places with expresse commandement vnder seuere punishment to surcease their old bribing and extortion which they had vsed in the old Emperours time and now to execute true iustice without respect of persons and to the end that this might be the better done their lands and yeerly stipends were augmented the great taskes customes and duties which were before laid vpon the people in the old Emperours time were now abated and some wholly remitted and no punishments commanded to be vsed without sufficient and due proofe although the crime were capitall deseruing death many Dukes and Noble men of great Houses that were vnder displeasure and imprisoned twentie yeeres by the old Emperour were now set at libertie and restored to their lands all prisoners were set at libertie and their trespasses forgiuen In summe a great alteration vniuersally in the gouernment followed and yet all was done quietly ciuilly peaceably without trouble to the Prince or offence to the Subiect and this bred great assurance and honour to the Kingdome and all was accomplished by the wisedome especially of Irenia the Empresse These things being reported and carried to the eares of the Kings and Princes that were borderers vpon Russia they grew so fearfull and terrible to them that the Monarch of all the Scythians called the Crim Tartar or great Can himselfe named Sophet Keri Alli came out of his owne Countrie to the Emperour of Russia accompanied with a great number of his Nobilitie well horsed although to them that were Christians they seemed rude yet they were personable men and valiant their comming was gratefull to the Emperour and their entertainment was honourable the Tartar Prince hauing brought with him his wiues also receiued of the Russe Emperour entertainment and Princely welcome according to their estates Not long after one thousand and two hundred Polish Gentlemen valiant Souldiers and proper men came to Mosco offering their seruice to the Emperour who were all entertayned and in like sort many Chirkasses and people of other Nations came and offered seruice And as soone as the report of this new created Emperour was spred ouer other Kingdomes of Europe there were sent to him sundrie Ambassadors to wish him ioy and prosperitie in his Kingdome thither came Ambassadors from the Turke from the Persian the Bogharian the Crim the Georgian and many other Tartar Princes There came also Ambassadors from the Emperour of Almaine the Pole the Swethen the Dane c. And since his Coronation no enemie of his hath preuailed in his attempts It fell out not long after that the Emperour was desirous to send a message to the most excellent Queene of England for which seruice he thought no man fitter then Master Ierome Horsey supposing that one of the Queenes owne men and subiects would bee the more acceptable to her The summe of which message was That the Emperor desired a continuance of that league friendship amitie and intercourse of traffique which was betweene his Father and the Queenes Maiestie and her Subiects with other priuate affaires besides which are not to bee made common Master Horsey hauing receiued the Letters and Requests of the Emperour prouided for his iourney ouer Land and departed from Mosco the fift day of September thence vnto Otuer to Torshook to great Nouogrod to Vobskie and thence to Nyhouse in Liuonia to Wenden and so to Riga where he was beset and brought forthwith before a Cardinall called Rageuil but yet suffered to passe in the end From thence to Mito to Golden and Libou in Curland to Memel to Koningsburgh in Prussia to Elbing to Dantzike to Stetine in Pomerland to Rostock to Lubeck to Hamborough to Breme to Emden and by
Emperour and great Duke of all Russia Volademer Moskoe and Nouogrode King of Casan and Astracan Lord of Vobskoe great Duke of Smolenskoe Tuer Huder Vghory Perme Viatsky Bolgory c. Lord and great Duke of Nouogrod in the Low Countreyes of Chernigo Rezan Polotskey Rostoue Geraslaue Bealozera Leifland Oudorskey Obdorskey Condingskey King of all Syberia and the North Coasts Commander of the Countreyes of Iuersky Grysinsky and Emperour of Kabardiuskey of Chirkasky and of the whole Countrey of Garskey and of many other Countreyes and Kingdomes Lord and Emperour to know of his Maiesties health of England the Queene and Princes The second being a Captayne of Gunners the Emperours Guard named Kazriâe Dauydowich Beaheetchoue pronouncing the Emperour and Princes Title said hee was sent from them to know his Lordships health and vsage with the Kings Gentlemen The third was one of the Secretaries named Pheodor Boulteene obseruing the former order did deliuer what he had in command from the Emperor Prince and Empresse to informe the Embassador of their much fauour towards him and the Kings Gentlemen in prouiding for his Honourable entertayne and ease a faire large house to lodge in Also that they three were sent from the Emperour Prince and Empresse to be his Prestaues to supply the Emperours goodnesse toward him to prouide his necessaries and deliuer any sute it pleased the Ambassadour to make to the Emperour To all which the Embassadour very wisely gaue answere as they made report vnto the Emperour So we all presently mounted againe the Prestaues on either hand of the Ambassadour his Horse and Foot-cloth being led by his Page some small distance his Coach behind that and some sixe thousand Gallants after behind all who at the Embassadors riding through the guard that was made for him very courteously bowed himselfe Thus was he followed by thousands and within the three wals of the Citie many hundreds of young Noblemen Gentlemen and rich Merchants well mounted begirt the wayes on euery side diuers on foot also euen to the gate of the house where the Embassadour was to be lodged which was some two miles Whether being come he was brought into his Bed-chamber by the Noblemen his Prestaues where with many thankes for their honourable paines they were dismist betaking themselues to their further affaires The next morning came three other Prestaues with the former to know of his Lordships health and how he had rested the night past withall that if his Lordship wanted any thing they all or any one of them were as commanded so readie to obey therein These with the Interpreter and sixe Gentlemen were most within the walls lodged in a house ouer the gate besides we had fiftie Gunners to attend and guard vs in our going abroad The eight of October being the fourth day after our comming to Musco the Prestaues came to his Lordship to let him vnderstand they heard he should goe vp the next day wherefore they desired his speech and Embassage to the Emperour and the rather that the Interpreter might as they pretended translate it To this purpose very earnestly at seuerall times they made demand The Embassadour answered that he was sent from a mightie Prince to bee his Embassadour to their Emperour and being sent to their Master he deemed it not only a dishonour to him but a weaknesse in them to require that at his hands The âleuenth of October his Lordship being sent for by his Prestaues there wayting hauing excellent Iennets for himselfe the Kings Gentlemen and good horses for the rest as likewise two gallant white Palfreis to carrie or draw a rich Chariot one parcell of the great Present with his followers and the Emperours guard carrying the rest on each side the streets standing the Emperours guard with Peeces in their hands well apparelled to the number of two thousand by esteeme many Messengers posting betwixt the Court and our Prestaues Thus with much state softly riding till we came vnto the vtmost gate of the Court hauing passed through the great Castle before there his Lordship dismounted Then met him a great Duke named Knase Andriay Metowich Soomederoue with certayne Gentlemen to bring him vp So in order as we rode we ascended the staires and a stone Gallerie whereon each side stood many Nobles and Courtiers in faire Coates of Persian Stuffe Veluet Damaske c. At the entry to the great Chamber two Counsellors encountred the Embassadour to conduct him through that Roome round about which sat many graue and richly apparrelled Personages Then we entred the Presence whether being come and making obeysance we staid to heare but not vnderstand a very gallant Nobleman named Peter Basman deliuer the Emperours Title Then the particular of the Presents and some other Ceremonies which performed the Embassadour hauing libertie deliuered so much of his Embassage as the time and occasion then affoorded After which the Emperour arising from his Throne demanded of the King of Englands health the Princes and Queenes then of the Embassadors and the Kings Gentlemen and how they had beene vsed since they entred within his Dominions to all which with obeysance wee answered as was meete Then the young Prince demanded the very same The Embassador hauing taken the Kings Letter of his Gentleman Vsher went vp after his obeysance to deliuer it which the Lord Chancellor would haue intercepted But the Embassadour gaue it to the Emperours owne hands and his Majestie afterwards deliuered it to the Lord Chancellor who tooke it and shewing the superscription to the Emperour and Prince held it in his hand openly with the Seale towards them Then the Emperour called the Embassadour to kisse his hand which he did as likewise the Princes and with his face towards them returned Then did hee call for the Kings Gentlemen to kisse his hand and the Princes which they after obeysance made did accordingly Afterwards his Majestie inuited his Lordship the Kings Gentlemen and the rest to dine with him as likewise Master I. Mericke Agent by name who gaue his attendance there on the Embassadour and was now as diuers times very graciously vsed of the Emperour and Prince no stranger that I euer heard off like him in all respects Being entred the Presence we might behold the excellent Majestie of a mightie Emperour seated in a Chaire of Gold richly embroydered with Persian Stuffe in his right hand hee held a golden Scepter a Crowne of pure Gold vpon his head a Coller of rich stones and Pearles about his necke his outward Garments of Crimson Veluet embroydered very faire with Pearles Precious stones and Gold On his right side on equall height to his Throne standing a very faire Globe of beaten Gold on a Pyramis with a faire Crosse vpon it vnto which before hee spake he turned a little and crost himselfe Nigh that stood a faire Bason and Ewer which the Emperour often vseth daily Close by him in another Throne sat the Prince in an
outward Garment like his Fathers but not so rich a high blacke Foxe Cap on his head worth in those Countreyes fiue hundred pound a Golden Staffe like a Friers with the likenesse of a Crosse at the top On the right hand of the Emperour stood two gallant Noblemen in cloth of Siluer Garments high blacke Foxe Cappes great and long chaines of Gold hanging to their feet with Pollaxes on their shoulders of Gold And on the left hand of the Prince two other such but with Siluer Pollaxes Round about the benches sat the Councell and Nobilitie in Golden and Persian Coats and high blacke Foxe Caps to the number of two hundred the ground being couered with Cloth of Arrasse or Tapistrie The Presents standing all the while in the Roome within little distance of his Majestie where he and the Prince often viewed them Being now by our Prestaues and others come for to Dinner who led vs through much presse and many Chambers to one very faire and rich Roome where was infinite store of masâe Plate of all sorts Towards the other end stood the Emperours Vncle named Stephean Vaselewich Godânoue Lord High Steward being attended with many Noblemen and Gentlemen whom my Lord in his passage saluted which with an extraordinary countenance of aged Ioy he receiued making one of their honourable Nods The Embassador entred the dining Roome where we againe viewed the Emperour and Prince seated vnder two Chaires of State readie to dine each hauing a Scull of Pearle on their bare heads but the Princes was but a Coronet Also their Vestments were changed The former Duke that for that day was the Embassadours Prestaue came as commanded from the Emperor and placed the Embassador at a Table on the bench side some twentie foot from the Emperour Then the Kings Gentlemen Master Meriâke Master Edward Chârrie and all the rest were placed so that our eyes were halfe opposite to the Emperour Ouer against the Embassadour sat his Prestaues vppermost Also in this large place sat the Priuie Counsâll to the number of two hundred Nobles at seuerall Tables In the midst of this Hall might seeme to stand a great Pillar round about which a great heigth stood wonderfull great pieces of Plate very curiously wrought with all manner of Beasts Fishes and Fowles besides some other ordinarie pieces of seruiceable Plate Being thus set some quarter of an houre as it were feeding our eyes with that faire Piller of Plate we beheld the Emperours Table serued by two hundred Noblemen all in Coats of cloth of Gold The Princes Table serued with one hundred young Dukes and Princes of Cassan Astrican Syberia Tartaria Chercasses and Russes none aboue twentie yeeres old Then the Emperour sent from his Table by his Noble Seruitors to my Lord and the Kings Gentlemen thirtie Dishes of meate and to each a loafe of extraordinary fine bread Then followed a great number of strange and rare Dishes some in Siluer but most of massie Gold with boyled baked and rosted being piled vp on one another by halfe dozens To make you a particular Relation I should doe the entertaynment wrong consisting almost of innumerable Dishes Also I should ouer-charge my memory as then I did mine eyes and stomacke little delighting the Reader because Garlicke and Onions must besawce many of my words as then it did the most part of their Dishes For our Drinkes they consisted of many excellent kinds of Meades besides all sorts of Wine and Beere Diuers times by name the Emperor sent vs Dâshes but in the midst of Dinner hee called the Embassadour vp to him and dranke our Kings health where the Emperour held some discourse of our King and State But at one time striking his hand aduisedly on his brest Oh said hee my deere Sister Queene Elizabeth whom I loued as mine owne heart expressing this his great affection almost in a weeping passion The Embassador receiuing the Cup from his Princely hand returned againe to his owne place where all of vs standing dranke the same health out of the same Cup being of faire Christall as the Emperour had commanded the Wine as farre as my judgement gaue leaue being Alligant Thus passing some foure houres in banquetting and refreshing our selues too plentifully all being taken away we did arise The Embassadour and the Kings Gentlemen beeing called by name to receiue from his Emperiall hands a Cup or rather as they call it a Yendouer of excellent red Mead a fauour among them neuer obserued before which Cups for they were great and the Mead very strong we often sipped at but without hurting our memories we could not say Amen vnto which the Emperour perceiuing commanded them to be taken away saying Hee was best pleased with what was most for our healths Thus after our low courtesies performed wee departed from his presence riding home with the same former guard and attendance to our Lodings where our Prestaues for that instant left vs but shortly after they came againe to accompany a great and gallant Duke one of them that held the Emperours golden Pollaxes named Knes Romana Phedorowich Troya Naroue who was sent from his Majestie to make the Embassadour and the Kings Gentlemen merrie likewise hauing instructions to drinke their Emperours our Kings and both the Princes healths and diuers Princes else which hee did himselfe very freely and some of vs as many of them as wee could with our owne healths there being such plentie of Meades and other Drinkes as might well haue made fortie Russes haue stumbled to sleepe Thus light-headed and well laded especially if you take knowledge of the thirtie yards of cloth of Gold and the two standing Cups with couers which the Embassadour rewarded him withall before he departed But vnwelcome newes within foure dayes after our audience so vnhappily came as not only our Affaires but any else except counsell against present danger was not regarded For this was held for currant that one who named himselfe Demetrie Euanowich Beala as the Sonne of their late Emperor Iuan Vasillowich hee that in the reigne of Pheodor Euanowich his brother was in his infancie as was thought murthered at Ougleets is now reuiued againe and vp in armes for his right and inheritance whereupon presently was sent an Armie of two hundred thousand Souldiers either to take or slay him But he was so strengthened with Poles Cossacks c. that a number of Russes yeelded to his obedience Vpon the one and twentieth of Nouember the young Prince of an ancient custome going to a Church within Mosco the Kings Gentlemen vpon knowledge thereof the Ambassador being vnwilling to be seene publike as also for that the Emperor himselfe did not goe as hee was accustomed went and attended where his Excellency might see them and they safely behold him who rode in a very faire and rich sled hauing a gallant Palfrey lead by two Groomes to draw it many hundreds running before
to sweepe the snowe away where he should passe and were said to bee slaues which I verily beleeue because certainly they were his Subiects Then came the Prince richly apparelled with two Tartar Princes standing before on his sled and two young Dukes behind with two hundred sleds following him The eight of Februarie the Emperor sent vs sleds to ride abroad and this day the rather that we might behold a reported victorie against the reputed Rebell Demetrie c. So we the Kings Gentlemen did behold three hundred poore Prisoners seuenteene Ensignes and eleuen Drums brought in with more glorie then victorie About this time returned Peter Basman one of the Generals who had performed very honourable seruice and certainly he was the man of greatest hope and expectation in the whole Empire who was brought into the Mosco with all the Counsell Nobles Gentlemen and Merchants a grace neuer performed before to any Subiect But not without suspition of some extraordinarie secret herein and âââides particular fauours bountifull rewards and a promise he should neuer goe againe vntill the Emperor himselfe went he was being but a young man made a Priuie Counsellor Forth with one thing I will you shall obserue the Emperors fauour and his then noble Spirit he making diuers times sute as was thought because they were in great danger to goe againe to the warres once prostrated himselfe to obtayne his desire but falling downe too humbly hee could not easily rise againe whereby the Emperor vnderstanding of his many and great wounds was said to weepe rising himselfe vp to raise and helpe him vp but extraordinarie Causes haue the like Effects as hereafter you shall vnderstand We were lodged in the same house where the young Prince Iohn of Denmarke brother to that King and our now Queene of England did lodge who would haue married the young Princesse Oucksinia the Emperors only daughter but that he vnhappily there died but not in any of those lodgings for it is a custome there that where a Prince dyes especially a stranger not of long time after to let any other lodge there Now the Ambassador vnderstanding of the conuenience of his passage downe by sled-way also fearing as wise men had cause what the issue of these warres would be knowing the state here vsed in any sutes bethought himselfe aduisedly that it was high time being the middest of Februarie to desire a second audience for his sooner dispatch which he forthwith requested and wrote a letter to that purpose vnto the Lord Chancellor Vpon the tenth of March the Ambassador with the Kings Gentlemen all richly apparelled and all his followers decently attending very honourably as before and with the like recourse of beholders and guard of Gunners but that they were said to bee Citizens by reason of their warres but in like apparell was attended to the Court being receiued with the former grace or more he ascended the Presence the Emperour and Prince holding their wonted state onely changing their Vestments with the season but for the riches nothing inferior So soone as the Ambassador and the Kings Gentlemen were come opposite to his Throne hee commanded seates that they might sit downe then with a Maiestick countenance representing rather constraint then former cheerfulnesse he declared that He his Sonne and Councell had considered his Maiesties Letter the Maiestie of King Iames of England as also on whatsoeuer else was desired and in token of his ioyfull receiued amâtie with the renowmed King of England as with his Predecessor he had wrote his Princely Letters to that purpose Herewith the Chancellor from the Emperour deliuered the Ambassadors his Highnesse Letters to his excellent Maiestie Withall vnderstanding by the Chancellor hee had some farther matter to intreat of then in his Briefe to his Maiestie was remembred therefore hee had appointed foure principall Councellors to consult with him of his Requests which was done After the Ambassador yeelding courteous thanks for his Maiesties fauour his Lordship attended by many Nobles proceeded to the Councell Chamber whither presently after came foure Councellors and the Emperours Tolmach who after salutations we withdrew to the next chamber where wee passed away an houre in discourse among many young Nobles hauing the Ambassadors Interpreter In the end after three or foure goings and returnes of the Chancellor from the Emperour wee went againe before him where after hee had commanded vs to sit downe as before by the mouth of the Chancellor was openly deliuered a Briefe of the whole Embassie and that dayes particular desire according to the Ambassadors request confirmed Also in good and pleasing language was declared the great desire that the Emperour had for the continuance of peace and amitie with the renowmed Iames King of England as with the late Queene Elizabeth withall that in due time all accidents well ended he would send an honourable Ambassador for further affaires as likewise to congratulate with our King of his happinesse in so plausible comming to his Right and Inheritance Likewise a Granâ of a new Priuiledge for the Companie which he said should be vnder the golden Seale c. Which ceremonious speech ended the Emperor called for the Ambassador and the Kings Gentlemen to kisse his hand and the Princes which done with the Emperors nod or bowing to vs as likewise the Princes desiring the remembrance of his and the Princes commendations to his Maiestie the Prince and Queene of England we were dismissed but not before the Emperor said he would send home to vs. Thus we tooke our last leaue of the Emperors Court being more graciously and especially entertayned then before or then euer any would take knowledge Ambassadors were vsed withall we are honorably attended home and a Duke of great account named Knas Euan Euaââowich Courlâteâ was attended with many of the Emperors seruants within our Gates following him a dinner sent from the Emperor by some two hundred persons consisting of three hundred seuerall dishes of Fish for it was now Lent of such strangenesse greatnesse and goodnesse for their number as it were not to bee beleeued by any report but by a mans owne eye-sight with infinite store of Meades and Beere in massie plate c. The eighteenth of March the Emperor sent by Vassilly ârâgârâwich Tâlâpnoâe the Roll wherein was the Demands of the Ambassador and the particulars of the whole negotiation as there at large appeares The nineteenth his Maiestie sent ãâã Mânshoy Buldâcoâe vnder Treasurer a royall Present to the Ambassador of many particulars also to each of the Kings Gentlemen being rewarded he departed The twentieth of March being honourably accompanyed with thousands of Gallants of each side the streets all along as we passed the Ambassador departed from the Citie of Mosco with the whole numbers of horse-men still becking vs till we came a shore mile on this side the Citie where we made a stand and after some complement betweene the Ambassador and his
Imperiall Pallace and beganne to gouerne the Empire more inclining to the Poles and forreiners then to the Russes which vntimely expressing himselfe hastned his ruine Seuentie noble Families of Boris his kindred or faction were exiled that their Goods might be âhared amongst strangers and new Colonies of men planted brought into Russia His clemency was remarkable to Suisky who being condemned for not onely refusing to acknowledge this Emperour but vttering also reproachfull speeches of him as being of base Parentage and one which had conspired with the Poles to ouerthrow the Russian Temples Nobility and now his prayers ended and the fatall stroake on his knees expected on the seauenth of Iuly by vnexpected mercy euen then receiued his pardon The last which yeelded to him were the Plescouites Some tell of exceeding Treasures also which hee found laid vp for other purposes which through his profusenesse soone vanished The first of September was designed to his inauguration being New yeeres day to the Russes as sometimes to the Iewes but for other causes it was hastned and his Mother was sent for out of a Monasterie into which Boris had thrust her farâe from the Court An honorable Conuoy was herein employed and himselfe with great shew of Pietie went to meet her embraced her with teares and bare-headed on foot attended her Chariot to the Castle whence afterwards she remoued with her women into a Monasterie where the Noblest Virgins and Widdowes of Russia vse to sequester themselues from the World His Mother was noted to answere with like affection to him whether true or dissembled on both parts At his entrance to the Kingdome after Ceremonies ended Nicolas Cnermacouius a Iesuite made him a goodly Oration the like was done by the Senate To the Iesuits was alotted a faire place of entertaynment not far from the Castle wherein to obserue the Romish Rites and Holies and euen then by their meanes he had declared himselfe in that point but for feare of Suiskie hee stayed till fitter oportunitie Hauing thus setled things his care was to recompence the Poles to enter league with that Nation and to consummate the Marriage For which purpose hee sent three hundred Horsemen with Athanasius the Treasurer who in Nouember came to Cracouia had audience of King Sigismund where he with all thankfulnesse acknowledged the Kings forwardnesse with his Nobles to recouer his right whereto God had giuen answerable successe beyond expectation that he deplored the Turkish insolencies in Hungary and other parts to vindicate which he would willingly joyne with the Pole and other Christian Princes meane whiles hee was willing to make an euerlasting league with him and to that end entreated his good leaue to take vnto himselfe a Wife out of Poland namely Anna Maria the Daughter of George Miecinsie the Palatine of Sendomir to whom for money men and endangering of his owne life hee was so much engaged The eight day after the Contract was solemnely made by the Cardinall Bishop of Cracouia and the Embassadour with her Parents feasted by the King Demetrius had sent her and her Father Iewels worth 200000. Crownes Thus farre haue wee followed Thuanus and hee Iacobus Margaretus a French Captayne of Demetrius guard of Partisans which published a Booke hereof Now let vs present you a little English Intelligence touching this Demetrius and his respect to men of our Nation in those parts and first his Letter to Sir Iohn Mericke The Copie of a Letter sent from the Emperor DEMETRY EVANOWICH otherwise called GRISHCO OTREAPYOV the which Letter was sent to Master IOHN MERRICK Agent out of the Campe as Master MERRICK was taking his Iournie to the Sea-side the eighth of Iune Anno 1605. FRom the great Lord Emperour and great Duke Demetry Euanowich of all Russia To the English Marchant Iohn Merrick wee giue to vnderstand that by the iust iudgement of God and his strong power we are raised to our Fathers throne of Vladedmer Mosko and of all the Empire of Russia as great Duke and sole commander likewise we calling to memorie the loue and amitie of our Father the great Lord Emperour and great Duke Euan Vassilywich of all Russia and our Brother Theodor Euanowich of all Russia which was held and kept by them and other great Christian Princes in the same forme and manner doe we likewise intend and purpose to hold and keepe Loue and amitie but especially and aboue all others doe we intend to send and to haue loue and friendship with your King Iames and all you his English Merchants we will fauour more then before Further as soone as this our Letter doth come to your hand and as soone as you haue ended your Markets at the shipping place of Michael the Archangell then to come vp to Mosco to behold our Maiesties presence And for your poste Horse I haue commanded shall be giuen you and at your comming to Mosco then to make your appearance in our Chancery to our Secretarie Ofanasy Vlassou Written in our Maiesties Campe at Tooly in the yeare of the world Anno seauen thousand one hundred and thirteene The Copie of the translation of a Passe giuen to Master IOHN MERRICK which was giuen him in the time of his being in the Campe at Molodoue with the Emperour DEMETRY EVANOWICH otherwise called GRISHCO OTREAPYOVE FRom the great Lord Emperour and great Duke Demetry Euanowich of all Russia from Mosco to our Cities and Castles as also to the Castle of Archangell at the Shipping place and hauen to our Generals Secretaries and all other our Officers c. There did make suite vnto vs the English Marchant Iohn Merricke and his Company that we would gratifie them to be suffered to passe to the new Castle of Archangell or to the shipping place or hauen in regard of trafficke of Merchandise Also that if he doe send home any of his fellowes and seruants from the shipping place being of the English that then they might be suffered to passe into England Also that to whatsoeuer Citie of ours the English Marchant Iohn Mericke and his fellowes doth or shall come vnto then all yee our Generals Secretaries and oll other our Officers shall suffer them to passe euery where without all delay And as for our Customes as for passing by or for head mony our custome of goods you shall not take any of them nor of their seruants Likewise when the English Merchants Iohn Merricke with his fellowes and seruants shall come to the Castle of Archangell then Timophey Matphewich Lazaroue and our Secretary Rohmaneum Mocaryoued Voronoue at the foresaid Castle of Archangell shall suffer and permit the English Merchant Iohn and his companie to trade freely Moreouer when at the shipping place they haue ended and finished their Markets and that then the said Iohn Merricke shall desire to send into England any of his fellowes or seruants with goods then likewise they shall be suffered to passe But Russâ people and other strangers of
couenants and agreements the Generall Sandamersko himselfe hath confessed to our Maiestie and Nobles that the foresaid agreements and couenants betwixt him and the foresaid Gryshca were true and how that they trusted one to another moreouer the Palatine did certifie vnto our Nobles how Gryshca sent him a Letter vnder his owne hand and Seale in which he promised to giue him Smolensko with all the Prouinces belonging thereto and another place called Seeuerow as also gaue him liberty to set vp Monasteries and the Religion of the Church of Rome Further there was found by him Letters which were sent to him from the Pope of Rome and the Cardinals and Priests to that effect that he should remember and withall be mindefull to take in hand speedily those matters and businesse vpon which he had giuen to Sigismund and the Cardinals his troth and vow the which was as beforesaid to be himselfe of the Romish Religion as also to bring all the people of the Kingdome of Russia into the same Romish Religion not onely them that of themselues were willing thereto but also others by compulsion and to put them to death that fought to contrary the same And not onely them of the Kingdome of Russia but likewise other godly people of seuerall Religion and that doe serue in the Kingdome of Mosco as the Catholicks and the Caluinists them likewise he should seeke to bring into the Romish Religion with all perswasions Moreouer Gryshca himselfe before vs and our Nobles and Courtiers and before our Commons did acknowledge as much and thereupon yeelded himselfe to be in fault as also that he did all with helpe of the Diuell hauing forsaken God For which these his vile actions this Gryshca according to the true iustice receiued an end to his life and was by abundance of people slain in the Mosco where he lay three dayes in the midst of the Citie to the view of all such like vsurpers and disturbers And because his body was loathsome vnto vs we caused it to be carried out of the Citie and there to be burnt This Enemie thus hauing ended his life then the Kings sonnes of diuers Countries now dwelling within our Kingdome with the Patriarke Metropolitanes Archbishops and Bishops with the Nobles Courtiers and the Commons made entreaty vnto vs Vasili Euanowich to raigne and gouerne ouer them and ouer all the Kingdome of Mosco as their Lord Emperour and great Duke of all Russia According to which entreatie made vnto vs by the said Kings sons of diuers Countries as likewise by our Nobles Courtiers Merchants and all the rest of the Commons of all the Kingdome of Mosco Wee are come to the great Kingdomes of Volodemar Mosco Nouogrod and as also of the Kingdomes of Cazan Astracan and Siberia and ouer all the Prouinces of the Empire of Mosco as also wee the great Lord Emperour and great Duke of all Russia are crowned with our Imperiall Crown and for the said Kings sonnes of diuers Religions and our Nobles Courtiers and Souldiers and all manner of People doe serue our Imperiall Maiesty with desire and good liking voluntarily and not by delusions and coniurations as the Poles and Lettoes were bewitched by Grishca But we the great Lord Emperour and great Duke Vasili Euanowich with great care stayed and restrayned our People from the spoyle of the Poles and the Lettoes defending them from death and withall haue commanded to let goe many of them into Poland and Letto but the chiefest of them that were of the Councell and that practised to bring trouble and dissention in the Kingdome of Mosco are now taken And we to doe an honour vnto the dead body of the true Demetrie haue vpon conference with our Metropolitanes Archbishops and Bishops and all the holy Assembly our Nobles and Courtiers and all the Kingdome of Mosco sent to the Citie of Owglets a Metropolitan named Filareta of Rostoue and Yeraslaue who was called before he was made Metropolitan Theodor Neekete which being one of the Nobles in times past and with him the Archbishops of Astracan called Feodosia and our Nobles the Duke Euan Michalowich Vorotinskoy with the rest of his fellowes commanding them to bring vp with them the body of the Prince Demetrie Euanowich who was murthered by the appointment of Boris Godonoue and to bring it vp to our Citie of Mosco with great honour which body shall be buried in the principall Church of Mosco called Michael the Archangel neare to his father the great Lord Emperour and great Duke Euan Vasilowich of famous memorie and by Gods power his body shall not be touched or abused any manner of way Likewise will we by the fauour of God honour the Funerall of Demetrie Euanowich with speciall solemnitie which body performeth many cures and worketh miraculously vnto them that come to him with Faith to be cured of their diseases And now most louing and deare brother wee calling well to minde the great amitie and friendship that was betwixt the great Lord Emperour and great Duke Euan Vasilywich and his Sonne Theodor Euanowich the Emperour Boris and the great Lady Queene Elizabeth the like brotherly loue doe we desire to haue with you most louing and deare brother to be established and continued betwixt vs as it was with them during our liues Therefore may it please you our louing brother Iames King of England after the hearing of these great and strange dangers past to reioyce with vs that he hath deliuered from such a vile enemy and that he our mercifull God hath diuided and scattered that wicked counsell and that he hath turned their cruelty vpon their owne head to their shame and confusion And concerning your Merchants that were in our Kingdome Iohn Merricke with his fellowes we haue graced them with our Emperiall presence as also haue giuen vnto the said Iohn Merricke and his fellowes a new priuiledge and Letters of fauour by which they shall come into our Kingdome and to traficke with all manner of goods freely without paying any Custome whatsoeuer and as to them was granted in former time and this fauour we haue giuen them to manifest vnto you our louing Brother our Brotherly loue And the reason that we haue not sent to you louing brother our Embassadour is because we had not time in regard of many our Emperiall affaires but hereafter doe purpose to send to visite you in your Kingdome Written at our Emperiall palace and Citie of Mosco from the beginning of the World Anno 7114. the fourth day of Iune Thus is Demetrius painted out by his Enemies which perhaps were not altogether led with simplicitie of truth but in many things made him worse that they might make their owne cause bad enough to appeare better They tell also of great outrages committed by the Poles like those sometimes here in England by the Danes their proud insulting ouer the men rauishments of women fetching them out of their houses and
and I haue sent to you Ichkmen Kichenga to do obeysance vnto your Maiesty and see your Princely eyes whân your Maiestie vouchsafed to doe their obeysance and see your Princely eyes And to me you sent of your Grace three Cups of Siluer a Bow a Sword two Gunâes and two Garment Clothes all which your Princely fauours I haue receiued and what shall bee behouââfull for your Majesty from hence I will furnish you withall As also I am to request your ãâã in respect the Ambassadours doe passe betweene vs very miserably and poore by reasonâ hâre are now some small warres betwixt vs and the blacke Kâlââacks and there are but small ãâã Tobolsko Castle and in the Castles of Tomin Darkâ and from the Barban people Now if so be your Majestie will fauour me and defend me with these people from Karakula and will bee pleaâed to ãâã on warre on your owne side and I on mine that matter will bee done betweene vs and all good matters continue betwixt vs. And so by your Princely fauour Ambassadors may continually passe betweene vs. Iuan Tarchan Varchies and Andrei Tarchan Varchies did conduct two of your Maiesties Messengers into the Dominions of Catay according to your Majesties commandement and they are returned to me againe out of Catay Also Lord there is come vnto me the Tarchan of Labaia and I haue sent vnto you with my Presents the said Tarchan Labar and Riâibacshy Anâhaij and with them ten men and two men of Sirgos in their Letter is written that there is sent vnto your Maiestie three Leopards with their clawes an Irbish with his clawes three Lizernes with their clawes a red and a yellow Damaske vpon a gold ground a piece of Veluet and an ambling Horse And I am humbly to request your Majestie if it bee your Majesties fauour to grace mee for your owne honour with a garment of cloth of Gold and of diuers colours fiue Garments of fine Cloth a Head-piece a shirt of Male a Sword a Bow twentie Gunnes a Flaggon of Gold a Kettle of Siluer and fiue sorts of Precious Stones of each one a Tennet a Dwarfe and Workmen to make Guns and Powder and two thousand pence Your Maiesties name is growne renowmed and famous euery where therefore I doe reuerence vnto your Majestie because many Kings of many Countreyes haue spread abroad the fame of your Majesties name euery where And I request that Ambassadours may speedily passe betwixt vs and now if it be your Maiesties fauour I desire you to dispatch these my Ambassadours with speed to me backe againe Anno 7128. the three and twentieth of September in the Emperours Dominions at Soldota a Cazacke of Siberia called Euashko Pettlin did report beeing examined of his Trauels The last yeere past 7127. hee said that the Boiaren and Voyauod Knez Euan Simonowich Koorockin sent him from the Castle of Tomo and his fâllowâ Andrashko to conduct the Kings Altines Ambassadours as also to inquire or search the Kingdomes of Catay They went from the Castle of Tomo about the ninth of May and trauelled from Tomo to Kirgis with much expedition tenne dayes and in Kirgis is a Duke subiect to the Emperours Maiestie his name is Nemi who gaue them victuals and post Through this Land of Kirgis they werre halfe a day and came to the Dominion of Mutalla to the Altine King who gaue them prouisions and post and dispatched them thence so they passed through his Land fiue weekes to the Country of Sheremugaly where raigneth a Queene called Manchika who caused to haue prouision and post giuen them In this Countrey of Sheromogula they trauelled foure dayes and came into the Dominions of Catay called Crim where is a wall made of stone fifteene fathomes high alongst the side of which wall they went ten dayes where they saw pettie Townes and Villages belonging to ãâã Queene Manchika but in those ten dayes they saw no people vpon the wall at all At the end of these ten dayes they came to the gate wherein lye very great Peeces of Ordnance shooting shot as bigge as a mans head and in the said gate standeth in watch three thousand men and they come with their Merchandizes to traffique at the gate The Altine men also come to the gate with their Horses to sell to the Catay men but are not permitted to come within the walls except very few at once Thus their whole trauell from Tomo Castle to this gate was twelue weekes besides some dayes that they stood still and from the gate to the great Empire of Catay tenne dayes and came to the Citie or Castle of Catay about the beginning of September and were lodged in the great Embassadors house and hauing beene there in Catay foure dayes there vsed to come vnto them a Secretary with two hundred men vpon Asses very well apparelled and did entertayne and feast them with Sacke and other Drinkes made of Grapes and told them that the Emperour or King Tambur had sent him to aske them wherefore they were come into the Dominions of Catay Whereupon they answered that our great Lord and Emperour had sent them to discouer the Dominions of Catay and see the King thereof but hee answered them againe that without presents they could not see the King and withall gaue them a Letter which Letter they brought with them to Tolbosko and from thence is sent to the Emperours Maiestie by them Out of Catay they went about the twelfth of October and came to the Castle of Tobolsko about Whitsontyde the same yeere 1619. A Description of the Empires of Catay and Labin and other Dominions aswell inhabited as places of Pasture called Vlusses and Hords and of the great Riuer Ob And other Riuers and Land passages FRom Kirgis to the Riuer Bakanna is sixe dayes trauell and from Bakanna to Kinchike is nine dayes trauell from Kinchike to the great Lake in which Lake Rubies or Saphires grow is three dayes trauell and the compasse of that Lake is twelue dayes trauell on horsebacke There falleth also into the said Lake foure Riuers to wit from the East South West and North yet the water doth not increase in the Lake nor decrease There falleth yet another Riuer into the said Lake which commeth from betweene the East and the North and is called Kitta vpon which we went fifteen dayes to the head of it where we found the King Altine in progresse the way is very stony And from the King Altine to an Vlusses fiue dayes trauell the Vlusses is called Algunat and the Duke in it is called Târmâshine from him to another Vlusses fiue dayes the Vlusses is called Chikursha and the Duke in it is called Carakula from thence to an Vlusses fiue dayes called Suldussa wherein is a King called Chaksaâa from him to an Vlusses called Bâsuâ fiue dayes the Dukes name is Chichim from him to an Vlusses called Iglethin fiue dayes the Duke is Taschils Cherekta from him
arriued at the East Indies especially the English seated commodiously for that discouerie and to reigne ouer the Northerne and Westerne Ocean haue herein beene more then industrious Doctor Powell in his historie of Wales saith that Madoc sonne of Owen Guyneth left the Land in contention betwixt his brethren and prepared certaine ships with men and munition and sought aduentures by Sea sayling West and leauing the Coast of Ireland so farre North that hee came vnto a Land vnknowne where he saw many strange things There hee left many of his people An. 1170. and returned for more of his owne Nation and Friends to inhabite that large Countrie going the second time thither with ten sailes This westerne Land is like to be some part of the West Indies though the vniuersall sauagenes of those parts make it questionable where But he which seeth how some of our English in small time haue growne wilde in Ireland and become in language and qualities Irish few of whom doe in exchange become ciuilized and English euen as healthfull men are easier infected in a contagious aire then sicke men recouered in that which is wholsome and sound will not wonder that in so many Ages the halfe ciuilized Welsh amongst Barbarians without succession of Priests and entercourse of these parts might wholly put on feritie Meredith ap Rise a Welsh Poet which liued before Columbus had begun his discouerie hath these verses Madoc wyf myedic wedd Iawn Genau Owyn Guynedd Ni finnum dir fy enaid oedd Na da Mawr ond y moroedd that is Madoc I am the sonne of Owen Gwynedd With stature large and comely grace adorned No lands at home nor store of wealth me please My mind was whole to search the Ocean seas Columbus also sent his brother Bartholomew to King Henrie the seuenth to make offer of his seruice in the New-Worlds discouerie which fell by the way into the hands of Pirats whereupon pouertie assaulted him with sicknesse in a forraine Countrie so that hee was forced to get somewhat about him by making of Maps one whereof had this more ancient then elegant inscription Ianua cui patria est nomen cui Bartholomaeus Columbus de Terra Rubra opus edidit istud Londonijs An. Domini 1480. atque insuper anno Octauo decimaque die cum tertia mensis Februarij Laudes Christo cantentur abundè Whose Countrie Genua is whose name Bartholomew Colon de Terra Rubra this worke set forth new At London A thousand foure hundred eightie Februarie thirteenth sing praise to Christ on height One of these Maps hee presented to King Henrie with the said offer who cheerfully accepted the same and sent to call his brother into England who before he could effect it was imployed by the Kings of Castile Columbus his fortunes awakned others industrie amongst the rest Iohn Cabota a Venetian and his three sonnes Lewis Sebastian and Sancius who obtayned a Patent of King Henrie the seuenth for discouerie with fiue ships with English Masters Mariners and Colours also the same to erect in whatsoeuer Lands vnknowne before to Christians to hold the same to them and their Heires as Vassals and Lieutenants to the Crowne of England paying the fifth part of their gaine at Bristoll c. In the yeere 1497. Iohn Cabot a Venetian and Sebastian his sonne these are the wordes of the great Map in his Maiesties priuie Gallerie of which Sebastian Cabot is often therein called the Authour and his Picture is therein drawne with this Title Effigies Sebast. Caboti Angli filij Io. Ca. Venetiani Militis Aurati c. discouered that Land which no man before had attempted Iun. 24. about fiue in the morning This Land he called Prima vista primum visam or first seene because that was first descried from Sea That Iland which lyeth out before the land he called Saint Iohns Iland because on that feast day it was discouered The Inhabitants weare beasts skins and as much esteeme them as we doe garments most precious In their warres they vse Bowes Arrowes Pikes Darts Clubs of wood and Slings The soile is barren in some places and yeeldeth little fruit but it is full of white Beares and Stags of vnusuall greatnesse It aboundeth with Fishes and those great as Seales and Salmons Soles also an elle long Especially there is great store of those fishes which they call commonly Bacallaos There breede also Hawkes as blacke as Rauens Partridges and blacke Eagles Thus wee see New-found Land discouered by English Ships Mariners and iurisdiction Sir Sebastian Cabot for his English breeding conditions affection and aduancement termed an English man thus reported of this voyage That vpon occasion of the admiration of Columbus his voyage into the East where Spices grew by the West so rife then in the Court of King Henrie the seuenth there arose in his heart a great desire to attempt some notable thing And vnderstanding by the Sphere saith he that if I should saile by the North-west I should by a shorter Tract come into India I thereupon caused the King to be aduertised of my deuise who immediately commanded two Caruels to bee furnished with all things appertayning to the Voyage which was as farre as I remember in the yeere 1496. in the beginning of Summer I beganne therefore to saile toward the North-west not thinking to find any other Land then that of Cathay and from thence to turne toward India But after certaine dayes I found that the Land turned toward the North which was to me a great displeasure Neuerthelesse sayling along by the Coast to see if I could finde any Gulfe that turned I found the Land still continent to the 56. degree vnder our Pole And seeing that there the Coast turned toward the East despayring to finde the passage I turned backe againe and sayled downe by the Coast of that Land toward the Equinoctiall euer with intent to finde the said passage to India and came to that part of this firme land which is now called Florida where my victuals fayling I returned towards England the tumults and preparations of warres against Scotland caused that then no more consideration was had to this voyage Whereupon I went into Spaine c. By the King and Queene there he was set forth and discouered the Riuer of Plate and sayled into it more then sixe score leagues After this he made many other voyages c. Sir Seb. Cabot was after by King Edward the sixt constituted grand Pilot of England with the annuall stipend of one hundred and sixtie six pounds thirteene shillings and foure pence and was Author of the Russian and North-easterne discoueries Fabian in his Chronicle A. R. Hen. 7.14 hath this testimonie This yeere also were brought vnto the King three men taken in the New-found Land in William Purchas time being Major These were clothed in beasts skins and did eate raw flesh and spake such speech that none could vnderstand them and in their
my course North-east and by North being at noone in the latitude of 59. degrees the Cape or Head land which wee saw that night bearing West South-west sixteene leagues off All this afternoone and night following it was for the most parâ still weather this euening I found the variation 23. degrees 55. minutes The sixteenth faire weather with a fresh gale at East South-east our course as before being in the latitude of 60. degrees 20. minutes the ships way North and by East northerly twentie leagues This afternoone and the night following the wind as before we steering still North-east and by North. The eighteenth also thicke weather being forced to stand away North North-west to double a great banke with great Mountaines of Ice almost incredible to be reported yet by the helpe of God wee passed the same sayling all this day by great and huge mountainous Ilands of Ice with the winde at South-west and by South being at noone in the latitude of 63. degrees 45. minutes Wee did see our selues beset round about with mightie bankes of Ice being forced to make more saile and to lye to and againe all this night to keepe vs cleere of great and small Ilands of Ice where many times we were in such danger that we did looke for no other thing then present death if God had not beene mercifull vnto vs and sent vs cleere weather where by his assistance we kept our selues very hardly and with great difficultie cleere of the Ice The nineteenth day in the morning cleere weather with a fresh gale at South-west wee plying amongst the Ice to see if wee could get a gut to get cleere of the same at which time wee saw the Land of America about the latitude of 64. degrees it lying next hand South and North being high ragged Land couered with snow the shoare being all beset with Ice So lying off and on amongst the Ice in great perill till about noone when God of his goodnesse sent vs to espie a little gut where wee went through and stood South South-east away comming still by many Ilands of Ice Heere I did finde both by my course and reckoning the variation also of the Compasse respected that wee were carried with a mightie Current to the Westwards as both now and afterwards wee did probably prooue and see the same For I setting my course from the coast of America in the latitude of 58. degrees and a halfe for the coast of Groenland North North-east with a compasse whose wyers were placed more then two third parts of a Point to the Eastwards of the North the variation being 23. degrees 30. minutes Northwesting and 24. degrees as by obseruation I found betweene the latitude of 58. and a halfe and 54. degrees yet I did finde my selfe contrarie either to mine owne or to any of their expectations which was in the Fleet with mee carried almost foure Points with the Current to the westwards ouer our iudgements The twentieth wee still sayled to the Eastwards by many great Bankes and Ilands of Ice being still compassed in wee being forced to stand to the Southwards to get cleere where being sometimes becalmed wee did plainly see and perceiue our selues carried into the Ice to the westward very violently This Current setteth West North-west The twentieth in the euening I found the Compasse varied 23. degrees The one and twentieth day in the morning faire weather wee espyed a gut through the Ice it seeming cleere to the southwards of the same where bearing into the same about noone wee were cleere of all the Ice by the mercifull prouidence of God Here I obserued the latitude it being 63. degrees 33. minutes Now hauing the one and twentieth day at afternoone caused the Admirall to call the other Captaines and Steermen aboord with whom wee might conferre and hauing shewed briefly my reckoning with the other euents which contrarie to my expectation had happened the cause whereof at that instant they did plainly see and perceiue They confessing the Current as they did now plainly see to bee the cause of the same So hauing done I gaue to the other Steermen directions that being cleere of the Ice they should goe betweene the East and the East and by North ouer for the coast of Groenland and not to the Northwards of the East and by North because of the former euents And now at this instant by Gods helpe being cleere I called to them giuing the same directions This afternoone and the night following it was calme This euening I found the Compasse varied 23. degrees 25. minutes The two and twentieth day at noone I found vs in the latitude of 63. degrees 20. minutes The three and twentieth faire weather the ayre very cold as with vs in the moneth of Ianuarie the winde variable betweene the East North-east and the South-east and by East being at noone in the latitude of 63. degrees hauing made a South-east and by South way eleuen leagues This day at noone I cast about to the Westwards the other ships doing the like lying North-east and by North with the stemme finding this euening the Needle varied to the Westwards 23. degrees 30. minutes The foure and twentieth the winde variable betweene the South South-east and the South-east and by South with raine and fogge This day about eleuen a clocke wee did see much Ice to leeward wherefore I cast about to the Southwards the winde comming to the East North-east wee lying South-east with the stemme supposing the ship to haue made a North and by West way halfe Northerly two and twentie leagues This afternoone by reason of the fogge we lost sight of the Lion and the Gilliflowre wee looking earnestly forth for them and shooting both we and the Vrin diuers pieces of Ordnance but wee could neither see nor heare them at which time the winde came vp Southerly we standing away our course betweene the East and East and by North. The fiue and twentieth wee had sight of Groenland being about ten leagues to the Southward of Queene Annes Cape Wee standing away East South-east in wiâh the Land with the winde at South All this night it did blow very much wee steering North by West and North North-west The seuen and twentieth day in the morning was reasonable cleere weather with a fresh gale at South South-west This morning betweene foure and fiue of the clocke I espyed Queene Annes Cape to beare East by South next hand of mee and King Christians Foord South South-east of me being thwart of Rumels Foord Queene Sophias Cape bearing North halfe westerly about fiue leagues off Therefore I thought it conuenient to put into Cunninghams Foord where the siluer was both in regard that I had sworne to his Maiestie as concerning the same and also because wee were expressely commanded to bring home of the same So hauing a faire gale at West South-west wee came into the aforesaid Riuer anchoring in a
Licentiate Iohn of Obando Predecessor of your Lordship in whose time the Office of chiefe Chronicler of the Indies was instituted for writing with greater authoritie foundation and truth the Acts of the Castilians in the New World and to see and examine that which the other Chroniclers should write for I finde that almost to all that is written no credit could be giuen for ouer-much licence wherewith vntill then it was done hee vsed great diligence in gathering the most certaine Relations that were found as well in the Indies as in Spaine of that which happened in the Discoueries of those Regions the foundations of those Townes and Customes of the people And many yeers being past after his death without making any beginning of this History your Lordship being prouided for President of the Royall and Supreme Councell of the Indies knowing how much it behoued that deeds so worthy of memorie should no longer be buried and that they should be written by a Royall Chronicler seeing so much frââ is gotten of Historie that it exceedeth so much the Picture as the soule the bodie against the opinion of a moderne Writer Prouiding all the meanes necessarie with liberalitie and diligence haue beene the meere and onely Instrument following the opinion of S. Augustine that this Historie and the Description that followeth hath come to the present estate And because it hath not beene of least importance to honour the Author animating him to goe forward with so great a labour conforming your selfe with the vniuersall opinion of the much that is due to the watchings and labours of the Writers placing this Office of Chiefe Chronicler in that point and reputation that so noble an Exercise deserueth as the most famous men of the World haue iudged it and it is esteemed and talked of among all Nations be they neuer so barbarous your Lordship shall be praysed eternally and thanked of all that are interessed in it by which is procured the making mention of their Fathers and Predecessors with their Names and Countrey all that hath beene possible against the barbarous and most vniust opinion of Iohn Baptista Ramusio in his Proeme in the third Volume of the Nauigations where hee saith to bee a vaine thing and ridiculous that the Spanish Authors should take paines in writing the names and Countrey of those which serued in the matters of the Indies Wherein he sheweth the venime of the enuie conceiued of the glorious deeds of these Catholike Kings and of the Castillian Nation seeing the Chronicles doe serue to honour the good and to reproch the euill for an example of those to come which could not be obtayned with the opinion of this Ramusius whom the saying of Cato against the Grecians doth fit But the opinion of your Lordship hath beene according to your prudence and valour of the which as it is iust there will be a perpetuall memorie and for that which this Nation is indebted vnto you for the same you shall bee reknowledged of it eternally God keepe your Lordship from Vallyadolyeede the fifteenth of October 1601. THe compasse of the Earth is 360. degrees which being reduced to leagues of Castile are 6300. and by the compasse of the Earth is vnderstood the Sea together with it which two Elements make the Globe whose vpper face in part is Earth and in part is Sea The Ancients diuided the Earth in three parts and gaue to euery one his name The first they called Europe more celebrated then any of the other The second Asia which is greater then the rest and contayneth the great Kingdome of China The third Africa And men being in a supposition that the World contayned no more then was rehearsed not contenting themselues with it entred in the Art of Nauigating and in the inuention of ships of high building fitting them in such order that they might abide the force of the waues of the Sea in this Art the Spaniards haue surpassed all the Nations of the World For whiles there reigned Ferdinand in Castile and in Lyon the famous Kings Catholike Ferdinando the Fift and Isabella a most wise prudent and most puissant Queene and Don Iohn the Second called the Pellican raigned in Portugall hee that euer will be worthy of memory Don Christopher Coloâ first Admirall of the Indies hauing liued many yeeres married in Spaine with the counsell of Martin of Bohemia a Portugall borne in the Iland of Fayall a famous Astrologian and especially a Iudiciarie and of others with whom he communicated it gaue a beginning to the Discouery of that which at this day is counted the fourth part of the World and the greatest of them all and taking his course toward the Sunne setting going from Pallos a Village of the Earle of Miranda in the Coast of Andaluzia he sayled so much by the Ocean that hee found this great Land which the Equinoctiall Line cutteth in the middest and it goeth so farre toward the South that it reacheth to fiftie two degrees and an halfe and goeth so high to the North that it hides it selfe vnder the Pole Articke without knowing any end The greatnesse of this fourth part hath set the people in great admiration whose description shall here be handled vnder the name of Ilands and firme Land of the Ocean Sea because they are compassed with this Sea and placed to the West and are commonly called the West Indies and the New World and comprehended within the limits of the Kings of Castile and of Lyon Which is an Hemisphere and halfe of the World of 180. degrees beginning to reckon from a Meridian Circle which passeth by thirtie nine or by fortie degrees of longitude Occidentall from the Meridian of Toledo through the mouth of the Riuer Maranyââ and to the Orientall through the Citie of Mallaca in sort that at twentie leagues sayling for a degree these bounds haue from the one part to the other 3900. Castillan leagues euery one of 3000. paces of fiue foot of a Castillan yard which men say are sixtie Italian miles from the Orient to the Occident which the Sea-men doe call East and West And this account of twentie leagues to a degree is according to Ptolomie and to the opinion of many curious men It hath seemed to others that the miles of euery degree are seuentie and that they make no more then seuenteene leagues and an halfe of Castile which is held for the truest account The degrees of longitude which are those that are reckoned by the Equinoctiall which goeth from East to West through the middest of the Orbe and Globe of the Earth haue not beene able to bee taken well because there is no fixed signe in the Heauen Degrees of altitude are those which are taken and reckoned from the Pole which fall out certayne because it is a fixed point which is the marke that is taken by the which it shall be shewed in this description There is discouered and nauigated from the North
Other ten leagues thence standeth the Port of Siuill before the Point Negrillo from whence the Coast windeth vnto the Cabo de Falcon neere to Oristan and goeth by the South to the Port of Guayano And fiue leagues from this Coast are the Harmingas a dangerous shoale and seuen leagues further las Viuoras small Ilands compassed with shoales and to the South of them the Serrana and a little Iland compassed with shoales with other foure or fiue neere vnto it and to the North-west of it the Serranilla and to the West of it the Roncador another Rocke and to the South-west of it Saint Andrewes an Iland compassed with shoales North and South with Nombre de Dios about fortie leagues from it and neere from thence another called Sancta Catilina the Caymanes directly West from Iamayca twentie fiue leagues from the little Blackmoore which are two little Ilands sixe leagues the one from the other and the great Cayman another Iland of seuen leagues in length fifteene leagues from the Caymanes to the West and to the North Coast betweene Cuba and Hispaniola another shoale which is called Abre-oio The Iland of Saint Iohn of Port Rico which the Indians called Barriquen lyeth betwixt twelue and fifteene leagues from Hispaniola to the East of fortie fiue leagues in length East and West and from North to South betwixt twentie and thirtie very plentifull of all that Hispaniola hath and of Millet Yuca and of Mynes of Gold The temperature is good and almost one all the yeere except in December and Ianuary There is in it three Spanish Townes with a Gouernment and a Bishoppricke the President Iohn Ponce of Lion passed to discouer this Iland the yeere 1508. being Gouernour in the Prouince of Yguey for Nicholas of Ouando in Hispaniola and returned the yeere 1510. by order of the King to people it The Citie of Saint Iohn is in the beginning of the North Coast on the East side in eighteene degrees of height and they call it of Port Rico for the excellencie of the Hauen The Bishop and the Gouernour are resident in it and the Officers of the Kings Reuenues and it is Suffragane to Saint Domingo Arrecibo stands thirtie leagues to the West from Port Rico the Towne of Guadianilla or Saint German the New in the Westerne Coast three and thirtie leagues from Port Rico to the South-west There was in old time in this Iland another Towne which was called Guanica in the South Coast at the end of it where now is the Port of Mosquitos which is very good from whence it was remoued to another situation of the Westerne Coast which they call Aguada or the Watering with name of Soto-Mayor there is in this Iland a row of Mountaynes that diuide it in the middest East and West vnto the Sea and Borders of Saint German and heere is found the Tree called Tabernaculo which yeeldeth white Rozen like Gumme Anime and it serueth for Pitch for the ships and for fire or light and it is medicinable to take out the colde or numnesse and to cure wounds There are few Ports in this Iland for all the Coast of the North is very foule with shoales and Rockes those that are are to the East from the Port of Saint Iohn The Riuer of Luysa and that which they call Canoba and la Cabeça the farthest East point of the Iland neere to the Hill of the Loquillos and in it a Port which they call Saint Iames three leagues further is another called Yabucoa and three leagues from the Coast on this side of the passage is a little Illet and at the beginning of the South passage another which they call Boyqui and forward the Iland of Saint Anne Guayama a Port and afterward the Riuers Neabon and Xauia six leagues before the Port of Guadianilla two leagues to the East of the Riuer of Mosquitos in whose mouth is the Riuer called Guanica and six leagues from it the Cape Roio the furthest West of the South Coast and to the West of it toward Hispaniola is the Iland of Moua and to the North of it the Manico and Zecheo other two little Ilands the Port of Pines and the Port of Mayaguez and the Bay of Saint German the old and the mouth of the Riuer Guanabo or the Watering and that of Guabataca more forward and afterward in the North Coast that of Camay and of Cibuco and Tâa neere to Port Rico and in the middest of the Coast of the South Sea leauing vnto it the Haberianas foure or fiue little Ilands There is also much Ginger gathered in this Iland which is a Root like vnto Madder or Saffron which the Portugals brought from the East to this Iland of Barlouento The Ilands which are to the North of Saint Iohn Hispaniola and Cuba of which none is inhabited with Spaniards are called the Lucayos One the most Septentrionall is aboue twentie seuen degrees of altitude which is called Lucayoneque or Yucayoneque which hath almost to the West Bahama another Iland in twentie sixe degrees and an halfe of thirteene leagues in length and eight in breadth from whence the Channell of Bahama betweene Florida and the shoales Delos Mimbres taketh the name whereby the Currents of the Sea doe goe so swiât to the North that although the wind be prosperous the ships cannot enter it and although they be contrary they goe with the Currents The shelues of Bimini are so called of an Iland in the middest of them of fiue leagues in length which the first Admirall gaue the name the first time he came to Cuba and it is that which Iohn Paul of Lyon did agree to inhabit Abacoa is another in the middest of the said shelfe of twelue leagues in length Cigateo of twentie fiue Curateo another small Iland in twentie sixe degrees and Guamma fifteene leagues of length and ten in breadth and neere vnto it Guanahani the first Land of the Indies which the first Admirall discouered which he called Saint Sauiour Yuma of twentie leagues and eight in breadth in twentie foure degrees and an halfe which the Admirall named Isabella in honour of the famous Queene Donna Isabella his particular Protectresse and that gaue him this Discouerie Iumeto in twentie three degrees and an halfe fifteene leagues in length to the North of Hispaniola Samana seuen leagues ouer betweene Iumeto and Guanima three square of eight leagues in length in twentie foure degrees Yabaque of ten leagues in twentie two degrees and an halfe Mira-par-vos are three little Ilands in triangle compassed with shelues to the South of Iumeto Mayaguana twentie leagues in length and ten in breadth is twentie three degrees Ynagua of ten leagues in twentie degrees and an halfe The Caycoâ an Iland of fiue leagues in twentie one degrees and to the North of it is another called Hamaua and another Conciua Maçarey stands in twentie degrees compassed with shelues Abreoiâ is a
twenty leagues circuit euery one and to the East of it the Iland of Ramos of 200. leagues compasse and neere to it Malayta and Atreguada of thirty and the three Maries certaine little Ilands the Iland of Saint Iohn of twelue leagues compasse betweene the Atreguada and the Iland of S. Iames to the South Malata of 100. leagues circuit and to the South-east of it the Iland of Saint Christopher as bigge as it and Saint Anne and Saint Catherine two small Ilands fast by it the Name of God a small Iland distant from the other fiftie leagues in seuen degrees of altitude and in the same Rumbe to the North of Saint Isabel the Shelues which they call of Candelaria There is in the voiage that is made from Piru to the Ilands of Salomon an Iland called of S. Paul in fifteen degrees of altitude 700. leagues from Piru nineteen degrees 300. leagues of Land others which may be those that they called of Salomon and they say also that they might be others which this little while haue beene discouered in the same Rombe of Chile The Ilands of the Theeues are a row of 16. smal Ilands together which runne North and South with the middest of the coast of Guiney from twelue degrees of altitude vnto seuenteene Septentrionall or more not farre from the Phillippinas to the East They are all barren ground and miserable without Cattle or Mettals scarce of Victuals inhabited with poore people well shapen naked and much inclined to steale euen to the nayles of the Shippes that came there whereby Magelane named them of the Theâues in the yeare 1520. when he came to them going in demand of the Spicerie Their names are the English the most North and after it Ota Mao Chemechoa Gregua Agan or Pagan Oramagan Gugnââ Chareguan Natan Saepan Bota Volia There are among these Ilands Phillipines other eighteene or twenty called of the Kings Archipelagus or Ilands of the Corrall and the Gardens another quantity of little Ilands and Pialogo Saint Vilan another little Iland the Gardens and the Iland of the Matalores and that of the Shelues and of Saint Iohn or of Palmes neere the Malucos and on the North side of the Theeues fiue or six little Ilands together called the Volcanes where is store of Cochinilla and i Malpelo another small Iland where are Ciâaloes very fine and on the East side of the Theeues the two Sisters two little Ilands in ten degrees and Saint Bartholomew in foureteene and more toward new Spaine the Shelues Look how thou goest Take away sleep or See thou sleep not neere to them the Iland of Martine and Saint Paul another small Iland with shelues and the inhabited the most Eastward toward new Spaine Aluaro of Saauedra was also in the Iland of the Theeues in the yeare 1527. returning from the Iland of Spicerie to new Spaine THe Catholike King of Castile and of Lyon continuing in their auncient and Christian pietie presently after these new Countries were discouered and ioyned with this faire Monarchie procured to plant and settle the Catholike Religion in them and temporall pollicie with so much care and aduice of the wisest men of these Kingdomes For as the discoueries did increase the businesses they formed a particular Counsell with President and Councellours that busying themselues in no other thing with more diligence they might resort to that which so much pertained to the seruice of our Lord God and gouernment of that Orbe And because hereafter mention shall be made of the persons which from the beginning haue laboured and serued in the supreame Counsel of the Indies which hath carried so great a waight vnto this present houre first shall be spoken of the spirituall and temporall gouernment and the rest worth the knowing that the order of that Monarchie may be understood with all breuitie The first thing that these godly Kings did charge and command the first Discouerer and from man to man commanded the other Discouerers and Gouernours of that new World with very straight orders was that they should procure that the people which they carried with the Christian life and with their good customes should giue such example to the Indians that they might be glad to imitate them and should binde them vnto it entring first according to the Euangelicall Law the religious men preaching it that so rather with the sweetnesse of it then with the force and noyse of Armes it should be admitted and that iustice should be administred with such equalitie to all men that it might be much respected esteemed All went forward the townes went augmenting in such manner that with the zeale of the seruice of God and good of the men it hath come to such a point that at this day there are found built and established in all that Orbe of this Crowne possessed as before hath beene seene fiue Archbishopricks twentie seuen Bishopricks two famous Vniuersities where with great learning and doctrine al the Sciences are read more then foure hundred Monasteries of religious Dominicks Franciscani Augustines Mercenaries and the Companie of Iesus with some Monasteries of Nunnes and Colledges infinite Hospitals and Fraternities innumerable store of beneficed Cures which are called Doctrines for to teach those new Conuerts and Heremites and Chappels in the high-way erected on pillars hauing Crucifixes in them without number All the which was begun at the charge of the Crowne and at this day it goeth forward where there is no maintenance for it In effect this Catholike pietie by the clemency of God goeth from good to better augmenting with so much reuerence and honour of God that in no place of Christendome it is done with more order or care by the care of the supreme Councell of the Indies Of the which is inferred that the Concession of the Apostolike Roman Sea made to the Crowne of Castile and of Lion of the Patronage Ecclesiasticall of that new World was a very great remedie in the which our Lord God as Hee which onely is Hee that seeth and preuenteth all things to come did a thing worthy of His greatnesse seeing Hee hath shewed the experience that if this had beene gouerned otherwise it had beene impossible to haue proceeded with the harmonie and euen concent as it hath of Religion Iustice and Gouernment with so much obedience and quietnesse The Ecclesiasticall Patronage is gouerned in the same manner that in the Kingdome of Granada the Kings Catholike presenting to the chiefe Bishop onely the Archbishops and Bishops that from his holy hand they may receiue these Prelacies and may dispatch their Bulls procuring alway that they be persons of a religious life and great learning All the other Dignities and Benefices are prouided by the King and consultation of the supreme Councell of the Indies and they go not to Rome for Buls and their rents consist in tithes and first fruits which arise of the
supreme Councell the King Don Philip the third our Lord in imitation of his Catholike and Godly Predecessors for the greater good of his subiects hath instituted a Priuie Councell where all the businesses of spirituall and temporall warrants fauours and rewards may bee conferred and dispatched and besides this there are two Halls instituted where on dayes appointed they may intreat of matters of warre with the President and three Counsellors of the Indies and two or three of the Counsell of warre and other dayes of the matters of the goods by the President and Counsellors of Indies and two of the Counsell of the goods Atturney and Secretarie of the Counsell of the Indies the President naming those that he shall thinke best for it And as these Catholike Kings doe alwayes looke to the benefit of the people of that Orbe considering that the propagation of the holy Gospell in no part of it could goe more prosperously by any other hands then his nor bee attended for his preseruation and to haue the Conquerours and Inhabiters of those parts more satisfied seeing all were his Subiects and borne in these Kingdomes declared by their Royall warrants dated the yeere 1520. in Valladolid and in the yeere 1523. in Pamplona that their Maiesties nor any of their Heires in no time shall alienate from the Crowne Royall of Castile and Lion the Ilands and Prouinces of the Indies Towne or any part of them and so they promised it and gaue their Royall word The Presidents Counsellors Secretaries and Atturneys which vnto this present day haue serued and doe serue in the Supreme Councell of the Indies from their first Discouerie PRESIDENTS IOhn Rodriguez of Fonseca brother to the Lord of Coca and Alaejos Archbishop of Rosano and Bishop of Burgos being Deane of Siuil gouerned that which appertayned to the dispatching of the Fleets and Armies of the Indies till the Catholike King Don Fernando V. called him to the end that in his Court hee might take charge of the Indian affaires and he did it till the Emperor came to reigne which commanded that the Doctor Mercurino Gatinara his great Chancellor should be Superintendent of all the Councels and all the dispatches passed through his hands and intermedled in all the Assemblies that were made Friar Garcia of Loaysa Generall of the Order of Saint Dominicke the Emperours Confessor Bishop of Osma which was Archbishop of Siuil and Cardinall Don Garcia Manrique Earle of Osârno which being Assistant of Siuil did gouerne till the Cardinall came from Rome Don Lewis Hurtado of Mendoça Marques of Mondejar which after was President of the Royall and supreme Councell of Castile The Licenciate Don Franciscus Tello of Sandoual which hauing beene of the Councell of the Indies went for President of the Royall Chancerie of Granada and from thence came to gouerne in the Councell of Indies The Licenciate Don Iohn Sarmiento was also of the Councell of the Indies and after went to gouerne in the Royal Chancerie of Granada from whence he returned to be President of the Royall and supreme Councell of the Indies Lewis Quixada Lord of Villagarcia and of the Councell of Warre The Licenciate Iohn of Obando of the supreme Councell of the holy Inquisition did preside in the Councell of the Indies and of the goods Royall The Licenciate Don Antonio de Padilla of the Royal and supreme Counsell of Castile passed to be President of the Councell of the Orders and after to the supreme Councell of the Indies The Licenciate Hernando of Vega and Fonseca of the supreme Councell of the holy and generall Inquisition passed to the Councell of the goods Royall and from it to the Royall and supreme Councell of the Indies The Licenciate Don Pedro de Moya of Contreras the first Inquisitor that went to Mexico for to seate the holy Office in that Citie Hee was Archbishop of that Citie and President of the supreme Councell of the Indies The Licenciate Paul of Laguna of the Royall and supreme Councell of Castile and of the holy and generall Inquisition passed to gouerne in the Councell of the goods Royall and Tribunals of it and was after President of the supreme Councell of the Indies and in his time began the Royall Councell of the House-hold COVNSELLORS HErnando of Vega Lord of Grajal which was chiefe Knight of Lion and President of the Councell of Orders Licenciate Lewis Zapata Licenciate Moxica Doctor S. Iames. Doctor Palacios Penbios Doctor Gonçalo Maldonado which was Bishop of the citie Rodrigo Master Lewis Vaca Bishop of Canarie Doctor Aguirre Doctor Mota Bishop of Badajoz Doctor Sosa Doctor Peter Martyr of Angleria Abbot of Iamayca Mosiur of Lassao of the Emperours Chamber and of the Councell of Estate Licenciate Garcia of Padilla of the habit of Calatrana Doctor Beltran Doctor Galindez of Caruajal Doctor Bernal Licenciate Peter Manuel Licenciate Rodrick of the Court. Licenciate Montoya Licenciate Mercado Licenciate Antonie of Aguilera Licenciate Don Hernando of Salas. Licenciate Iohn Thomas Doctor Villafanye Licenciate Bottelbâ Maldonado Licenciate Otalora Licenciate Iames Gasâa of Salazar Licenciate Gamboa Doctor Gomez of Santillana Licenciate Espadero Licenciate Don Iames of Zunnigo Licenciate Lopez of Sarria Licenciate Enao Doctor Lope of Bayllo Licenciate Gedeon of Ynojosa of the habit of Saint Iames. Licenciate Villafanne Doctor Antonie Gonçalez Licenciate Franciscus Balcazar Licenciate Medina of Sarauz Licenciate Don Lewis of Mercado Doctor Peter Gutierrez Flores Licenciate Peter Dayes of Tudança Licenciate Benitte Rodriguez Valtodano Licenciate Austine Aluarez of Toledo and of the Chamber Doctor Don Roderick Zapata Licenciate Pââer Brano of Sotomayor Licenciate Molina of Medrano of the habit of Saint Iames of the Chamber Commissioner of this Historie Licenciate Iames of Armenteros Licenciate Alonso Perez of Salazar Licenciate Gonçalo of Aponte and of the Chamber Licenciate Don Iohn of Ocon of the habit of Calatrana Licenciate Hernando of Saanedra Licenciate Don Thomas Ximenez Ortiz Licenciate Eugenius of Salazar Licenciate Don Franciscus Arias Maldonado Licenciate Andrew of Ayala Licenciate Benauente of Benauides Licenciate Roocke of Villagutierre Chumazero SECRETARIES IOhan Colona Michael Perez of Almazan Gaspar of Gricio The Knight Lope of Conchillos Franciscus of the Cobos chiefe Commander of Leon. Iohn of Samano The Commander Franciscus of Eraso Antonie of Eraso The Commander Iohn of Ybarra ATTVRNEYS or SOLLICITORS THe Licenciate Franciscus of Vargas Licenciate Prado Licenciate Martin Ruyz of Agreda Doctor Franciscus Hernandez of Liebana Licenciate Ierome of Vlloa Licenciate Gamboa Licenciate Lopez of Sarria Licenciate Seipion Antolââez Licenciate Negroâ Doctor Valençuela Doctor Marcus Caro. Licenciate Bennet Rodriguez of Valtodano Licenciate Alonso Perez of Salazar Licenciate Roâcke of Villagutierre Chumazero The Gouernours and Vice-royes which haue gouerned vntill this time the Kingdomes of New Spaine and of Piru In New Spaine DOn Fernando Cortes Marques of the Valley Gouernour chiefe Iustice and Captaine generall The Licenciate Lewis Pance of the House of the Duke of Arcos Iudge of
Residencie with facultie to take the gouernment and by his death the Licenciate Marcus of Aguilar naturall of the Citie of Ezija was subrogated his Deputie and because of his death succeeded within two moneths hee substituted his authorities in the Treasurer Alonso of Estrada borne in Citie Royall and the death of Lewis Pance being knowne in Castile it was prouided that Marcus of Aguilar should gouerne and in defect of him Alonso of Estrada till the first Court came with order that Nunne of Guzman Knight of Guadalajara Gouernour of Panuco a President did come and because it was conuenient to take away those Iudges others were sent in their places and for President in the gouernment vniuersall of New Spaine Don Sebastian Ramirez of Fuenleal Bishop of Saint Dominicke and of the Conception late President of the Court of Saint Dominicke a man of great learning and that after many dignities died in Castile Bishop of Cuenca and then the charge of Captaine generall was giuen anew to the Marques Don Hernando Cortes that he might gouerne the matters of warre with the aduise of Don Sebastian Ramirez The first that had title of Vice-roy and Captaine generall of New Spaine was Don Antonie of Mendoça brother of the Marques of Mondejar Don Lewis of Velasco a Gentleman of the House of the high Constable of Castile Don Gaston of Peralta Marques of Falces Don Martine Enriquez of Almansa brother of the Marques of Alcannizes the Kings Steward Don Laurence Xuarez of Mendoça Earle of Corunya which deceased being prouided for Piru and by his death Don Peter Moya of Contreras Archbishop of Mexico gouerned in the meane while Don Aluaro Manrique of Zunniga Marques of Villamamuque brother of the Duke of Bojar Don Lewis of Velasco sonne to the abouesaid Don Lewis of Velasco which passed to gouerne the Kingdomes of Piru where at this present hee is Don Gaspar of Zunniga and Fonseca Earle of Monterrey which gouerneth at this day In the Kingdomes of Piru DOn Franciscus Piçarro Marques of the Charcas Gouernour chiefe Iustice and Captaine generall The Licenciate Vaca of Castro of the habit of Saint Iames of the supreme Councell of Castile carried Title of Gouernour generall Blasco Nunnez Vela a Gentleman of Auila was the first that carried the Title of Vice-roy and Captaine generall of the Kingdomes of Piru The Licenciate Iames de la Gasca of the Councell of the holy and generall Inquisition carried the Title of President of the new Court that was sent to the Citie of The Kings and of Gouernour generall with facultie to giue the gouernment of Armes to whom hee thought best He died Bishop of Siguença and his Funerall and Trophees are seene in Magdalene Church in Valladolid and in his absence the gouernment remayned to the Court of the Citie of The Kings The second that carried Title of Vice-roy and Captaine generall was Don Antonie of Mendoça that gouerned the Kingdoms of New Spaine Don Andrew Hârtado of Mendoça Marques of Caâyete Don Iames of Zunyga and Velasco Earle of Nieua The Licenciate Lope Garcia of Castro of the Royall and supreme Councell of the Indies caried title of President and Gouernor general Don Franciscus of Toledo brother to the Earle of Oropesa Steward to the King Don Martin Enriquez from the charge of New Spaine passed to gouerne the Kingdomes of Piru Don Garcia of Mendoça Marques of Cauyete Don Lewis of Velasco from the charge of New Spaine passed to the Kingdomes of Piru where now he is and at the instant of the impression of this Worke is prouided for Vice-roy and Captaine generall of those Kingdomes Don Iohn Pacheco Duke of Escalona Printed at Madrid by Iuan Flamenco Aâ 1601. CHAP. II. Obseruations gathered out of the First Second Third and Fourth bookes of IOSEPHVS ACOSTA a learned Iesuite touching the naturall historie of the Heauens Ayre Water and Earth at the west Indies Also of their Beasts Fishes Fowles Plants and other remarkable rarities of Nature §. I. Of the fashion and forme of Heauen at the new-found World and of the Ayre and Windes MAny in Europe demand of what forme and fashion Heauen is in the Southerne parts for that there is no certaintie found in ancient Books who although they grant there is a Heauen on this other part of the World yet come they not to any knowledge of the forme thereof although in truth they make mention of a goodly great Starre seene in those parts which they call Canopus Those which of late dayes haue sayled into these parts haue accustomed to write strange things of this Heauen that it is very bright hauing many goodly Starres and in effect things which come farre are commonly described with encrease But it seemes contrarie vnto me holding it for certaine that in our Region of the North there is a greater number and bigger starres finding no starres in these parts which exceede the Fisher or the Chariot in bignesse It is true that the Crosse in these parts is very faire and pleasing to behold we call the Crosse foure notable and apparant starres which make the forme of a crosse set equally and with proportion The ignorant suppose this crosse to be the Southerne Pole for that they see the Nauigators take their heigth thereby as wee are accustomed to doe by the North starre But they are deceiued and the reason why Saylers doe it in this sort is for that in the South parts there is no fixed starre that markes the Pole as the North starre doth to our Pole And therefore they take their heigth by the starre at the foote of the Crosse distant from the true and fixed Pole Antarticke thirtie degrees as the North starre is distant from the Pole Articke three degrees or little more And so it is more difficult to take the heigth in those parts for that the said starre at the foote of the Crosse must be right the which chanceth but in one houre of the night which is in diuers seasons of the yeere in diuers houres and oftentimes it appeareth not in the whole night so as it is very difficult to take the height And therefore the most expert Pilots regard not the Crosse taking the height of the Sunne by the Astrolabe by which they know in what height they are wherein commonly the Portugals are more expert as a Nation that hath more discourse in the Arte of Nauigation then any other There are also other starres in these Southerne parts which in some sort resemble those of the North. That which they call the Milken way is larger and more resplendent in the South parts appearing therein those admirable blacke spots whereof we haue made mention Considering with my selfe oftentimes what should cause the Equinoctiall to bee so moist as I haue said to refute the opinion of the Ancients I finde no other reason but the great force of the Sunne in those parts whereby it drawes vnto it a great abundance of vapours
which was Peter Margarite Commendator in the second voyage of most respect with the King and Queene who complayned of those paines Soone after in the yeere 1496. began the disease to arrest some Courtiers but in those beginnings it was onely amongst baser persons of small authoritie and it was thought that they got it with hauing to doe with common women But afterwards it extended to principall Persons and the Physicians could not tell what to thinke of it so that many dyed When after this Gonzalo Fernandes di Cordoua was sent with a great Armie by the Catholike Kings in behalfe of Ferdinand the second King of Naples against Charles the French King some diseased persons went with that Armie and by dealing with the women and by conuersing spread the disease to the Italians and French-men which thence got the names aforesaid but indeed came from Hispaniola where it is ordinarie and the remedie also Our Author l. 17. c. 4. and Ramufio in his Preface to his third Tome say That the Souldiers of Pamfilo de Nauaz hauing the small pocks infected the Indians which neuer before had heard of that disease in so much that of 1600000. soules in that Iland there are so few left as by and by you shall heare The Niguas also creatures lesse then Fleas which eate in the flesh very dangerously are rife in that Iland The people of that Iland when first they were diuided amongst the Spanish Planters were deemed a Million or more some say 1600000. of which and of their posteritie in the yeere 1535. were not aboue fiue hundred left little and great the rest which then were there being Slaues brought thither from other parts The couetousnesse of the Myne-workers neglect of Diet change of Gouernours growing worse and worse caused them to poyson kill and hang themselues besides those which were consumed by infectious or pestilentiall pocks and other diseases Their owne vices also Sodomitrie Idolatrie c. prouoked diuine Iustice against them No prouision could hinder their consumption The King sent Religious men of diuers Orders but this I know that the Dominicans and Franciscans contradicted each other and what one approued the other disallowed although after the other had left that opinion the Contradictors would embrace it still agreeing in disagreeing which caused much danger not onely to new Conuerts but also to old Christians whiles one Order would not absolue them except they franchised the Indians and the other absolued them neuerthelesse Much disputation hath beene about the Indians seruice amongst the Thomists Canonists and famous Lawyers and Diuines but their differences haue done little good to the Indians or the plantation and in a short time both this Iland and the three adioyning Saint Iohn Iamaica and Cuba remayned desolate being by the Friars meanes which I thinke meant well dispersed thorow the Iland to lessen their labours which the Gentlemen imposed on them I am of opinion that if a Christian Prince had this Iland of Hispaniola onely hee might make it as good as either England or Sicily such is the store of Gold the prosperous successe of things carried from Spaine the Beeues which I knew first carried thither from Spaine being alreadie so multiplyed that they kill them for the Hides leauing the flesh in the fields of fiue hundred at once and Roderigo di Bastidas Bishop of Venesuela hath therein 16000. Beeues and the Treasurer Passamonte as many others 8000. or more likewise in other Beasts Seeds Oranges Limons Fâgs Pomegranets c. Of their Zemes Idols Sepulchres and other things concerning their Religion the Reader may see enough in the ninth Booke and fourteenth Chapter of my Pilgrimage and of the Spanish first voyages thither in the beginning of this worke which Ouiedo handleth in his former Bookes Their Huracans so they call tempests of winde and raine together are very excessiue An. 1508. on the third of August all the thatched houses in Saint Domingo were throwne to the ground and some also of stone all the houses also in the Towne Bonauentura which might thence be named Malauentura in the Hauen were sunke twentie Ships and Caruels a North-wind first and after a South-wind playing their furious prizes one carrying out the Vessels in despight of all prouisions to Sea and the other as terribly forcing them againe to the Hauen if the losse of ships and men may permit that name yea on Land many men were carried in the streets and fields diuers bow-shots before they could stay themselues Hell seemed to haue beene opened and the Deuils to haue carried things to and fro Yet in Iuly following was a worse which now are allayed and not so violent since the Blessed Sacrament hath beene placed in Churches I haue seene the space of a Crosse-bow shot or two all the ground couered with Trees plucked vp by the Windes from the Rootes and ours haue sometime by dangers of the way beene forced to climbe from tree to tree ouer such a passage with rents and perills enough The Cocks in Spaine crow at mid-night and towards day but here in the shutting in of the euening or two houres within night and two houres before day and not at all at mid-night some crow in the first watch and not else all night Their Cats also vse their lusts all the yeere and without walling noise which in Spaine France Sicily and other places in Europe and Afrike which I haue seene goe on Catter-walling onely about Februarie In the I le of Nauaza Westward from Hispaniola in the way thence to Iamaica the Rocks are seene vnder the water and amongst them a fathome and fiue foote vnder the salt water there ariseth a spring of good fresh water vpon the Sea spowting vp bigger then a mans arme higher then the salt water that it may easily be taken in I haue not seene it but Stephen Rocca a person of credit testifieth this of his owne sight and taste But I haue seene in the Iland Dominica at the Riuer Acquata twentie paces wide and not deeper then the arme pits there is a hot spring that if one take vp the Sands they seeme like embers in his fist and so is the water a span deepe aboue the Sands which on the top is fresh and like other water Ouiedos 8.9.10 and 11. Bookes are of Plants and Trees in those parts The 12. of Creatures before mentioned the 13. of Fishes in which he telleth that An. 1529. going from the Gulfe of Orotigua to Panama two hundred leagues Eastward neere the mouth of the Gulfe wee saw a Fish or great Water-monster which at times lifted it selfe right vp aboue the Water so farre that the head and both the armes might bee seene which seemed higher then our Carauell and all her Masts Thus did shee rise and fall diuers times beating the water strongly not casting any water out of the mouth A younger or lesse of the same kinde did likewise swimme a little
The Chalcas nor the other Nations did not follow them but grieued to be defeated by so small a number of men they being in so great multitudes retyred to their Townes The Mexicans by the aduice of their Idoll sent their Messengers to the Lord of Culhuacan to demand a place to dwell in who after hee had imparted it to his people granted them the place of Ticaapan which signifies white waters to the end they should all perish there being full of Vipers Snakes and other venemous beasts which bred in a Hill neere adioyning But being perswaded and taught by their Deuill they accepted willingly what was offered and by their deuillish arte tamed these beasts so as they did them no harme yea they vsed them as meate eating them with delight and appetite The which the Lord of Culhuacan seeing and that they had tilled and sowed the Land he resolued to receiue them into the Citie and to contract amitie with them But the god whom the Mexicans did worship as he is accustomed to do no good but ill said vnto his Priests that this was not the place where hee would haue them stay and that they must go forth making warres Therefore they must seeke forth a Woman and name her the Goddesse of Discord Whereupon they resolued to send to the King of Culhuacan to demand his daughter to be Queene of the Mexicans and mother to their god who receiued this ambassage willingly sending his daughter presently gorgeously attired and well accompanied The same night shee arriued by order of the murtherer whom they worshipped they killed her cruelly and hauing âlayed her artificially as they could doe they did clothe a young man with her skin and thereupon her apparell placing him neere their Idoll dedicating him for a Goddesse and the mother of their god and euer after did worship it making an Idoll which they called Toccy which is to say our grand mother Not content with this crueltie they did maliciously inuite the King of Culhuacan the father of the young Maid to come and worship his daughter who was now consecrated a goddesse who comming with great Presents and well accompanied with his people he was led into a very darke Chappell where their Idoll was that he might offer sacrifice to his daughter that was in that place But it chanced that the Incense that was vpon the harth according to their custome kindled in such sort as he might discerne his daughters haire and hauing by this meanes discouered the crueltie and deceit he went forth crying aloud and with all his men he fell vpon the Mexicans forcing them to retyre to the Lake so as they were almost drowned The Mexicans defended themselues casting certaine little darts which they vsed in the warres wherewith they much galled their enemies But in the end they got Land and leauing that place they coasted along the Lake very weary and wet the Women and little Children crying and making great exclamations against them and their god that had brought them into this distresse They were inforced to passe a Riuer that could not bee waded thorow and therefore they aduised to make small Boates of their Targets and of Reedes wherein they passed Then afterwards hauing left Culhuacan they arriued at Iztacalco and finally to the place where the Hermitage of Saint Anthony now is at the entrie of Mexico and to that quarter which they now call Saint Paul During which time their Idoll did comfort them in their trauels and incouraged them promising great matters The time being now come that the Father of lyes should accomplish his promise made to his people who could no longer suffer so many turnings trauels and dangers it happened that some old Priests or Sorcerers being entred into a place full of water-lillies they met with a very faire and cleere current of water which seemed to be siluer and looking about they found the Trees Meadowes Fish and all that they beheld to be very white wondering hereat they remembred a prophesie of their god whereby he had giuen them that for a token of their place of rest and to make them Lords of other Nations Then weeping for ioy they returned to the people with these good newes The night following Vitzliputzli appeared in a dreame to an ancient Priest saying that they should seeke out a Tunal in the Lake which grew out of a stone which as hee told them was the same place where by his commandement they had cast the heart of Copil sonne to the Sorceresse their enemie and vpon this Tunal they should see a goodly Eagle which fed on certaine small birds When they should see this they should beleeue it was the place where their Citie should be built the which should surmount all others and be famous throughout the World Morning being come the old man assembled the whole people from the greatest to the least making a long speech vnto them how much they were bound vnto their god and of the reuelation which although vnworthy he had receiued that night concluding that all must seeke out that happy place which was promised them which bred such deuotion and ioy in them all that presently they vndertooke the enterprise and diuiding themselues into Bands they began to search following the signes of the reuelation of the desired place Amiddest the thickest of these water-lillies in the Lake they met with the same course of water they had seene the day before but much differing being not white but red like bloud the which diuided it selfe into two streames whereof the one was of a very obscure azure the which bred admiration in them noting some great mysterie as they said After much search here and there the Tunal appeared growing on a stone whereon was a Royall Eagle with the wings displayed towards the Sunne receiuing his heat About this Eagle were many rich feathers white red yellow blue and greene of the same sort as they make their Images which Eagle held in his tallants a goodly bird Those which saw it and knew it to bee the place foretold by the Oracle fell on their knees doing great worship to the Eagle which bowed the head looking on euery side Then was there great cryes demonstrations and thankes vnto the Creator and to their great god Vitzliputzli who was their father and had alwayes told them truth For this reason they called the Citie which they founded âhere Tenoxtiltan which signifies Tunal on a stone and to this day they carry in their Armes an Eagle vpon a Tunal with a bird in his tallant and standing with the other vpon the Tunal The day following by common consent they made an Hermitage adioyning to the Tunal of the Eagle that the Arke of their god might rest there till they might haue meanes to build him a sumptuous Temple and so they made this Hermitage of Flagges and Turfes couered with straw Then hauing consulted with their god they resolued to buy of
their Neighbours Stone Timber Lime in exchange of Fish Frogs and young Kids and for Ducks Water-hens Courlieus and diuers other kindes of Sea fowles All which things they did fish and hunt for in this Lake whereof there is great abundance They went with these things to the Markets of the Townes and Cities of the Tapanecans and of them of Tescuco their neighbours and with policy they gathered together by little and little what was necessarie for the building of their Citie so as they built a better Chappell for their Idoll of lime and stone and laboured to fill vp a great part of the Lake with rubbish This done the Idoll spake one night to one of his Priests in these termes Say vnto the Mexicans that the Noblemen diuide themselues euery one with their Kinsfolks and Friends and that they diuide themselues into foure principall quarters about the house which you haue built for my rest and let euery quarter build in his quarter at his pleasure The which was put in execution and those be the foure principall quarters of Mexico which are called at this day Saint Iean Saint Mary the round Saint Paul and Saint Sebastian After this the Mexicans being thus diuided into these foure quarters their god commanded them to diuide amongst them the gods he should name to them and that they should giue notice to euery quarter principall of the other foure particall quarters where their gods should bee worshipped So as vnder euery one of these foure principall quarters there vvere many lesse comprehended according to the number of the Idols which their god commanded them to worship which they called Calpultetco which is as much to say as God of the quarters In this manner the Citie of Mexico Tenoxtiltan was founded and grew great This diuision being made as aforesaid some old Men and Ancients held opinion that in the diuision they had not respected them as they deserued for this cause they and their Kinsfolke did mutinie and went to seeke another residence and as they went through the Lake they found a small piece of Ground or Terrasse which they call Tloteloli where they inhabited calling it Tlatellulco which signifies Place of a Terrasse This was the third diuision of the Mexicans since they left their Country That of Mechonacan being the first and that of Malinalco the second Those which separated themselues and went to Tlatellulco were famous men but of bad disposition and therefore they practised against the Mexicans their neighbours all the ill neighbourhood they could They had alwayes quarrels against them and to this day continues their hatred and old leagues They of Tenoxtiltan seeing them of Tlatellulco thus opposite vnto them and that they multiplyed feared that in time they might surmount them hereupon they assembled in counsell where they thought it good to choose a King whom they should obey and strike terrour into their Enemies that by this meanes they should bee more vnited and stronger among themselues and their Enemies not presume too much against them Being thus resolued to choose a King they tooke another aduice very profitable and assured to choose none among themselues for the auoyding of dissentions and to gayne by their new King some other neighbour Nations by whom they were inuironed being destitute of all succours All well considered both to pacifie the King of Culhuacan whom they had greatly offended hauing slaine and slayed the daughter of his predecessor and done him so great a scorne as also to haue a King of the Mexican blood of which generation there were many in Culhuacan which continued there since the time they liued in peace amongst them they resolued to choose for their King a young man called Acamapixtli sonne to a great Mexican Prince and of a Lady daughter to the King of Calhuacan Presently they sent Ambassadors with a great Present to demand this man who deliuered their Ambassage in these termes Great Lord wee your Vassals and Seruants placed and shut vp in the Weedes and Reedes of the Lake alone and abandoned of an the Nations of the World led onely and guided by our god to the place where wee are which falls in the iurisdiction of your limits of Ascapusalco and of Tescuco Although you haue suffered vs to liue and remayne there yet will wee not neither is it reason to liue without a Head and Lord to command correct and gouerne vs instructing vs in the course of our life and defending vs from our Enemies Therefore wee come to you knowing that in your Court and House there are Children of our generation linckt and allied with yours issued from our entrailes and yours of our bloud and yours among the which wee haue knowledge of a Grand-child of yours and ours called Acamapixth Wee beseech you therefore to giue him vs for Lord wee will esteeme him as hee deserues seeing hee is of the Linage of the Lords of Mexico and the Kings of Culhuacan The King hauing consulted vpon this point and finding it nothing inconuenient to bee allied to the Mexicans who were valiant men made them answere That they should take his grand-child in good time adding thereunto that if he had beene a woman hee would not haue giuen her noting the foule fact before spoken of ending his discourse with these wordes Let my grand-child goe to serue your god and be his Lieutenant to rule and gouerne his Creatures by whom we liue who is the Lord of Night Day and Windes Let him goe and be Lord of the Water and Land and possesse the Mexican Nation take him in good time and vse him as my sonne and grand-child The Mexicans gaue him thankes all ioyntly desiring him to marry him with his owne hand so as hee gaue him to wife one of the noblest Ladies amongst them They conducted the new King and Queene with all honor possible and made him a solemne reception going all in generall forth to see the King whom they led into Palaces which were then but meane and hauing seated them in Royall Thrones presently one of the Ancients and an Orator much esteemed amongst them did rise vp speaking in this manner My sonne our Lord and King thou art welcome to this poore House and Citie amongst these weeds and mud where thy poore fathers Grand-fathers and Kinsfolks endure what it pleaseth the Lord of things created Remember Lord thou commest hither to be the defence and support of the Mexican Nation and to be the resemblance of our god Vitzliputzli whereupon the charge and gouernment is giuen thee Thou knowest wee are not is our Country seeing the Land we possesse at this day is anothers neither know we what shall become of vs to morrow or another day Consider therefore that thou commest not to rest or recreate thy selfe but rather to indure a new charge vnder so heauy a burden wherein thou must continually labour being slaue to this multitude which is fallen to thy lot and to all this
rich feather They set the Royall Crowne vpon his head and anointed him as they haue beene accustomed to do to all their Kings with an Ointment they call Diâme being the same vnction wherewith they did anoint their Idoll Presently an Orator made an eloquent speech exhorting him to arme himselfe with courage and free them from the trauels slauerie and miserie they suffered being oppressed by the Azcapuzalcos which done all did him homage This King was not married and his Counsell held opinion that it was good to marry him with the Daughter of the King of Azcapuzalco to haue him a friend by this alliance and to obtaine some diminution of their heauie burthen of Tributes imposed vpon them and yet they feared lest he should disdaine to giue them his Daughter by reason they were his Vassals yet the King of Azcapuzalco yeelded thereunto hauing humbly required him who with courteous words gaue them his Daughter called Ayânchiguall whom they led with great pompe and ioy to Mexico and performed the Ceremonie and Solemnitie of Marriage which was to tie a corner of the mans Cloake to a part of the womans Veile in signe of the band of Marriage This Queene brought forth a sonne of whose name they demanded aduice of the King of Azcapuzalco and casting Lots as they had accustomed being greatly giuen to Southsayings especially vpon the names of their children hee would haue his Grand-childe called Chimalpopoca which signifies A Target casting smoke The Queene his Daughter seeing the contentment the King of Azcupazalco had of his Grand-childe tooke occasion to intreate him to relieue the Mexicans of the heauie burthen of their Tributes seeing hee had now a Grand-childe Mexican the which the King willingly yeelded vnto by the aduice of his Counsell granting for the Tribute which they paid to bring yeerely a couple of Duckes and some fish in signe of subiection and that they dwelt in his Land The Mexicans by this meanes remained much eased and content but it lasted little For the Queene their Protectrix died soone after and the yeere following likewise Vâtzilouitli the King of Mexico died leauing his sonne Chimalpopâca tenne yeeres old he reigned thirteene yeeres and died thirtie yeeres old or little more He was held for a good King and carefull in the seruice of his Gods whose Images hee held Kings to be and that the honour done to their God was done to the King who was his Image For this cause the Kings haue been so affectionate to the seruice of their Gods This King was carefull to winne the loue of his neighbours and to trafficke with them whereby hee augmented his Citie exercising his men in Warrelike actions in the Lake disposing them to that which he pretended as you shall see presently The Mexicans for successor to their deceased King did choose his sonne Chimalpopoca by common consent although he were a child of ten yeeres old being of opinion that it was alwayes necessary to keepe the fauour of the King of Azcapuzalco making his Grand-childe King They then set him in his Throne giuing him the Ensignes of warre with a Bow and Arrowes in one hand and a Sword with Rasors which they commonly vse in the right signifying thereby as they doe say that they pretended by Armes to fed them selues at libertie The Mexicans had great want of water that of the Lake being very thicke and muddie and therefore ill to drinke so as they caused their infant King to desire of his Grand-father the King of Azcapuzalco the water of the Mountaine of Chapultepâc which is from Mexico a league as is said before which they easily obtained and by their industrie made an Aquaduct of faggoes weeds and flagges by the which they brought water to their Citie But because the City was built within the Lake and the Aquaduct did crosse it it did breake forth in many places so as they could not enioy the water as they desired and had great scarcitie whereupon whether they did expresly seeke it to quarrel with the Tapanecans or that they were moued vpon small occasion in the end they sent a resolute Ambassage to the King Azcapuzalco saying they could not vse the water which he had graciously granted them and thereâore they required him to prouide them wood lime and stone and to send his Workmen that by their meanes they might make a Pipe of stone and lime that should not breake This message nothing pleased the King and much lesse his subiects seeming to be too presumptuous a message and purposely insolent for Vassals to their Lord. The chiefe of the Counsell disdayning thereat said It was too bold that not content with permission to liue in anothers Land and to haue water giuen them but they would haue them goe to serue them what a matter was that And whereon presumed this fugitiue Nation shut vp in the mud They would let them know how fit they were to worke and to abate their pride in taking from them their Land and their liues In these tearmes and choller they left the King whom they did somewhat suspect by reason of his Grand-childe and consulted againe anew what they were to doe where they resolued and make a generall Proclamation that no Tapanecan should haue any commerce or traffique with any Mexican that they should not goe to their Citie nor receiue any into theirs vpon paine of death Whereby we may vnderstand that the King did not absolutely command ouer his people and that hee gouerned more like a Consull or a Duke then a King although since with their power the command of Kings increased growing absolute Tyrants as you shall see in the last Kings The King of Azcapuzalco seeing the resolution of his subiects which was to kill the Mexicans intreated them first to steale away the young King his Grand-childe and afterwards doe what they pleased to the Mexicans All in a manner yeelded hereunto to giue the King contentment and for pittie they had of the childe but two of the chiefest were much opposite inferring that it was bad counsell for that Chimalpopoca although hee were of their bloud yet was it but by the Mothers side and that the Fathers was to be preferred and therefore they concluded that the first they must kill was Chimalpopoca King of Mexico protesting so to doe The King of Azcapuzalco was so troubled with this contradiction and the resolution they had taken that soone after for very griefe he fell sicke and dyed By whose death the Tapanecans finishing their consultation committed a notable Treason for one night the young King of Mexico sleeping without guard or feare of any thing they of Azcapuzalco entred his Palace and slue him suddenly returning vnseene The morning being come when the Nobles went to salute the King as they were accustomed they found him slaine with great and cruell wounds then they cryed out and filled all their Citie with teares and transported with choller they presently fell to
vertues the best how knowne how bred in the beast an admirable thing of their growing 969.10.20 see also 878.40 Bialogrod in Moldauia taken by the Turkes 633. Bigaypotim the Chinois Father of Gods 269.20 Bihaos a tree of Indiâ the vse 984.50 Bildih in Mediâ â45 Variation of the Compasse there 246.20 Bils of Exchange to bee receiued in Heauen 271. 277.1 Bi r a Castle in Syria 123.50 Birch tree a Wine made of it 231.10 Birch tree onely growes in Island of a fragrant sent 649.30 Bird with a Looking-glasse on his head 1021.10 Birds of the West Indies 979. c. 995 Birds without feet how they fit others as small as Bees 965.20 Birds breeding in the frozen Cliffes 513.10 Not afraid of men their manner of Nests and laying ibid. Birds that dispeopled a Countrey 254.1 Birds and fishes bought to let go 271 10 Birth-day of their Prince the Tartars yearely obserue 84.30 The solemnitie of it 84.30 His Subiects send Presents to him 84.40 Birth-dayes Festiuall in China 202.10 394.1.180.60.374 60 Biscayners fish at Greenland forbidden by the English 717.50 718.719 Bishops in Russia sometimes chosen out of the Nobilitie 769 20. 791.10 Bishopâ of Russia be fix their Iurisdiction 446.40 Their Gentlemen Commissaries ibid. Their ãâã their Chapter of Priests or Synod ibid. Their Reuenues and their Habit 447.1 Elected by the Emperour ãâã of them chosen out of Monasteries vnmarried and shorâe ibid. They preach but twice a yeare their Sermon ibid. Bishops of Island 645.30 Bishops of Island vnder the Archbishop of Nidrosia in Norway 651.30 Bishop of Groneland ibid. Bâsnagar the greatnesse of the King 138.30 Bittacle in a ship what 582. marg Bitter a Sea ãâã what 565. marg Bitumen in a Myne of Cuba ships talked and houses built with it 994.1 Blacke sheepe preferred by the Tartars 441.50 Blacke Foxe the chiefe Furre of Russia 748. c. Blacke Point 474.50 Blacke Carpet at the Coronation of the Great Chan 111.30 Blacians or Hacians an olde people where 18.60 Whence descended 19.1 Blesse the Greeke Bishops doe with two fingers 445.50 Blessed bee the Lord God of Israel vsed in the Russian Seruice 450 40 Blinghead in Orkney 827.40 Bloud dranke at a peace-making 285.1 Bloud rained 198.30 Bloud-letting in India the manner 992.10 Bloud-letting for the Deuils seruice in Mexico 1014. 1035.30 Blubber is the fat of Whales 470.60 The Blue Sea 234.10 Boats of fish skins and bones excellent 610 Boats of Seale-skins 817.60 Boats on Russia of hollow trees 777 20 Boats of Groneland swifter then ships 835. Sewed with sinewes or guts ibid. Bocara or Boghar in Bactria 66.10 in marg Boghar a Citie in Bactria 239.10 Persian tongue spoken there ibid. The Priest deposes the King ibid. King not aboue three yeares 239 50. The Copper money there ibid. The commodities sold at Boghar 240.20 The Citie besieged 241 10 Boghar or Burgauia 312.10 Bogus or Hispanis the Riuer in Podolia 632.10 Runs into Boristenes 633 Bohemia entred by the Tartars 61.1 Bothol the Iland 285.30 Bondage for debt the manner of it 217.10 Voluntary for pure need ibid. Bones feasting one another each New Moone 275.20 Peoples Oblations to these bones ibid. Bonzi of China their dotages 346.1 Bonzi are inferiour to the Mandarines 347. Held the basest people of China 359.20 Bonzi the Iaponian Priests 323 50. A Military order of them ibid. Bookes made of the leaues of trees in New Spaine 1052.10 Boots an Ensigne of Magistrates in China and the Ceremony about them 333.10 Boots the Bryde in Russia pulls off the Brydegroomes and the Ceremonie of that 230.10 Boots and Shoes embroydered in China 176.60 Shoes of Straw 177.1 Borichen the Ilâ by Hispaniola 998 30 Boris Pheodorowich his great Offices Reuenues in Russia 742 10. His Present to Queene Elizabeth 743.60 His power 744 40. And policie to become popular 745. Made Emperour ibid. Modestly refuses the Empire Accepts it 745. His Wife Son and Daughter Coronation Expedition against the Crim Tartars His policies The beginning of his disasters Seekes a Wife for his Sonne out of England 746 Desires a league with King Iames. Dies suddenly Would bee new Christned before his death 751. His care of his Sonne policies c. 752. His Wife and Son poysoning themselues the Daughter liues 753.50 His Patent to the English Muscouie Merchants 754. Reports of his death diuers 757.1 Buriall ibid. Boristhenes the course of it 633 20 Bornaholm consigned to the Lubeckers 631 Botta a strange head tire of the Tartarian women 6.60 7.1 Bougiusky sometimes Secretary to Dâmetrius of Russia almost starued there Relieued by the English 780.40 Escapes into England and is relieued 782.10 Boy of Clay wrestling and playing trickes with a liuing Boy 349.40 Boyes of Mexico their bold hunting of Serpents 1043.10 Boyes put betimes to earne their liuings 105.20 Boyling Fountaines in Groneland 751.40 Boyling meates in Gourds by casting in a burning stone to the liquor 922.10 Boxe of curious art wrought in Iapon 325 Bralapisacon a Hauen 253.20 Bramble-berries cure the loosenesse 517.1 Brames the people Lords of Pâgu c. Rich in Gold and Rubies 169.40 Bramenes most true Merchants 105.50 They liue a hundred and fifty yeares ibid. Their Discipline ibid. Bramenes are Witches The names of their Gods which they worship 166.30 40. Themselues yet aliue are worshipped for Gods 166 50 Their authority ibid. Their degrees of Religious men 167.1 Branding of Theeues in China 395.20 Branding for Theft in Island 651 10 Brasile would not grow at Venice 104.1 Brasile Prouince the latitude discouery temperature soyle chiefe Traffique Plantations by Portugals and their Latitudes their Ports Riuers c. And their Latitudes â03 Braslaro in Podolia 632.10 Brazen Serpent and the Mystery of that represented in China strangely 274.10 Bread the Tartars mocke vs for eating it 232.50 Bread the Chinois eate not commonly 365.40 Rice sodden instead of it ibid. Bread of Wheate without crust how made 365.50 Bread of Straw in China 230.50 Bread very bitter in Ormuz 72.1 Bread of Roots and barke 416.1 Bread made of fish sod and dryed 537.40 Bread of the West Indies 953.954 Bread sodden in the reeke of water 365.50 Bread baked in Oxe dung or in Horse dâng 34.30 Bread Corne vnknowne in Island 646.30 Bread and drinke none where 223.20 Breaking the Scutcheons or day of mourning 252.40 Breath holden halfe an houre together 953.1 Brewing with Holy-water in Russia 456.1 Bribery in course of Iustice how preuented in China 185.10 Brickes preferred before stone in China 34.20 Bridge an admirable one 295.30 299.50 89.1 199.30 Bridge made with men purposely kild 628 Bridge of naturall stone 990.30 Bridges of Straw 1056.30 Bridges of Haire and Straw where 934.50 Bridges 12000. In one City 98 Bridges see Toll M. Briggs his Treatise about the probabilities of the North-west Passage 852 Brimstone euery where digged in Island 648.10 649.20 Bâises see East winds 858.30 A Philosophicall reason for them ibid.
Most vsuall in the Terra Firma 859.1 Brittaines fishing at Island eight hundred yeares since 657.40 Brius the Riuer where Gold is found 91.3 Brother preferred before the Sunne in Peru 1054.50 Bryde goes crying to Church in Russia 229. ââ Led by two naked men 230.10 Shee is called a Dutchesse ibid. Bryde not ãâ¦ã 453.60 Her gifts portion and apparell ibid. Brydegroome called Duke in Russia 456.1 Bâeâphalus breed 73.50 Buckeranum 30.60 in marg Buffaloes yoakt in the Plough 294.60 How they gouerne and ãâã them ibid. Buildings foure admirable in Pequin 273. â0 Buildings but slight in China 382 50 Buildings of Russia the manner 419.20 Buliano the Port how farre from China 291.10 Bulgaria the greater are most earnest Saracens 16.40 Bulgaria wââne by the Tartars 114 30 Bulgai chiefe Secretary to Mangu-Chan 46.60 Bulangazi the Tartarian Officer for lost things 86.1 Bullets for Guns wrought by nature 993.60 Bungo the Kingdome 3ââ 30 Speakes the Iaponian Tongue ibid. Buquhannes the Latitude and description of the Coast 809.810 Burneo the Iland 283.1 Burning Mountaines or Volcanes in the Indies 878.30 One of them melted the Copper and Iron of a Caldroâ brought neere it 880 60. The cause of the burning 891 20 Burnils Cape in Greenland the Latitude and Variation there 833.40 Buryall in new Shoes 230.40 In a Coffin with a Testimoniall ibid. The manner in Russia 230 Buryall places of the Chinois 368 40. Their Sorcery abâât the choice of it ibid. None buryed in their Cities ibid. Buryall of the Iaponians 327.10 Buryall of the Chinois 393.30 See Funerals and Mourning Buryall of Tartars without their Cities 84.1 Buryall of the Gronelanders 825 1. 836.10 Buryals the Chinois Superstitious in 357.10 Buryals of the Mordwit Tartar 442.40 Buryals of the Mamoses of Curland 628.20 Buryals of the Mexicans 1029.40 Buryals of the West Indians 994.40 Busse Iland discouered 582.30 Busse Iland false placed in the Carts 815.1 822.40 Bussarmans what 238.40 Buskins worne in Russia instead of Stockens 459. 460 A Butcher in Russia chosen Lord Treasurer Author of his Countries liberty 791 Butter-weeke in Russia 217.60 Butter made in Tartaria Philosophically 5.60 Kept in Rammes skins 5.60 Buttons Iles. The Variation there 837.60 C CAbul a Mart Towne 311.50 Cacabe a Castle in Syria 123 50 Cacao a West Indian fruit described vsed instead of money and to make drinke of the tree and soyle 956.40 50 Cacao Nuts of which is made money wine and meate for the Indians 874.10 The tree described 878.40 Cââices the Priests of Cascar 313 30 Caesar the title first assumed by the Emperour of Russia 760.30 by the Iesuits instigation 783. 40. 787.10 Caffa wonne by the Turke from the Crim Tartar 44.20 Vpon the Euxine Sea ibid. Changle or Kangitta a people 18.40 A great Countrey 19.10 Caim the great City 96.30 Caindu the Prouince 90.60 Calacia where Chamblets are made 80.10 Calamba wood for beades whence and the price 410.30 Calcia the people described 312.10 Catempluy an Iland 260.30 Califa of the Saracens residing at Baldach 70.10 Hee is taken by the Tartars ibid. How he proued the Christians by remoouing a Mountayne 70.20 Caliph of Baldach his iust punishment 116.30 California Prouince in the West Indies the Latitude not much discouered the Riuers and Ilands of it 877.40 50. See also pag. 853.10 Callao Prouince the richest of the West Indies 937.10 Calles of Horse-haire in China 366.60 Callinos or Candinaes 531.10 Inhabited by the Spaniards 543 20 Caluenists some in Lâtuania 628.50 Cam the Riuer his course 525.30 Cama the Riuer 232 Camath a City where Euphrates bendeth to the South towards Halapia 51.1 Camaron the Cape by Hunduras in the Indies 859.10 Cambalu is Pequin in China 314 40 Cambalu in Catha the Etymon 342.40 Signifies The Great Tartar of the North. The Great Chams Court 83.10 His Palace there ibid. His Arsenall or Amâânition House there 83.20 Cambalu signifies the Citie of the Lord 83.40 Remooued ouer the Riuer ibid. Called Taidu ibid. Camboia the Kingdome 253.30 Subiect to Siam 166.20 The King a Bramene ibid. All his Subiects besides the Priests are Slaues 167.10 Hee seazeth dead mens goods ibid. The King driuen out by the Mogores 254 30 Cambrickes and Lawnes where made 89.10 Camelion see Light-dogge Camfire trees 101.30 Sold weight for weight with Gold 104.10 Campion the chiefe Citie of Tanguth 77.1 Can why the Tartarian Princes are so called 14.50 Canaanites expelled by Iosuah whither they went 661. 662 Canaries the distance from Spaine 858.20 Candle-light many monthes together 647.30 Candles in the Greek Church 228 20. 217 Candles of Birch 416.40 Candles burning without flame in a Corall Stone 799.50 Candlemas day somthing like is in China 394.10 Candinaes the East point of the White Sea 485.60 515. see 531.10 Cangigu the Prouince and manners of the people 94.10 Canibals or Man-eaters where 890 Caniball Iles in the West Indies their seuerall names and Latitudes inhabited by Man-eaters Caniball signifies a valiant man why they left eating of men Their distances from Saint Domingo 865 Canopie an Ensigne of dignitie in China 184.10 Consangui Cascio what 313.1 Canton the Citie described 319.40 Cantan the Citie described 170 50. 171. c. The Magistrates Houses described 171 30. Their priuate Houses delicate 172.20 Canton the true name of it 321 60 Canutus the King his greatnesse 621. c. Cape Cod the Latitude 588.10 The Sowndings by it 587. 588 Cape Bapo 474.30 Cape Swetinos 532.20 Cape Comfort the latitude and longitude from London 841.30 No hope of the North-west Passage that way ibid. Cape Cant by Noua Zembla the latitude 513 Cape de Bas in New-found-land 809.1 Cape Nassaw 475.40 The latitude ibid. Cape Trust 476.10 Cape Desseado or Desired in the Magellane Streights the latitude 901.10 Cape Christian in Groneland 815 10 Cape Desolation the latitude 816 10. Of Queene Anne Queene Sophia in Groenland 817.20 Capes of King Iames Queen Anne and of Prince Henry 599.20 Capes Kegor 223.20 Swetinots ibid. Grace 223·40 Capha or Theodosia in Taurica 63.6 Caphars so the Tartars call Christians 235.10 238.50 239.40 Capherstame a Citie the Saracens must not enter it 311 40 Cap an Imperiall Ornament of Russia 421.10 Cap assumed in China at Mans estate 394.10 The fashion of this Cap or Cawle 394.30 Caps of their Learned square and round ibid. Cap of the Learned in China 348.1 Cap of China Schollers the fashion 339.1 Cap an Ensigne of dignitie in China 184.20 200.20 Giuen to the Graduates 185.10 Caps of the Louteas described 292 20 Caps Girdles and Boots of the China Officers 390.10 Capon a Philosophicall conclusion with him 270.30 Cappadocia is on the West of Armenia the Greater diuided from it by the Euphrates 52.60 Capthac the Tartarian name for the Comanians 11.1 Captiues clad in the Ornaments of Indian Idols and so worshipped sacrificed and eaten 1032.1.10 1038.60 The manner 1046.50 c. Captiues why the
in the Timber of a Ship 626.10 Toades as bigge as Cats not venemous their singing and noises 976.20 Tobaccho the benumming qualitie of it vsed by the Mexicans in their Diuellish vnction and Physicke 1043.40 Tobacco lighted by the Sunne at mid-night in Greeneland 737.50 Tobacco Pipes of Earth and Copper 587.50 Cape Cod ibid. 30 Grapes and Roses and Tobacco grow neere it ibid. Discouered when 588.10 Tobalsko Castle in Siberia neere to the Dominions of the King of Alteene 798.1 How farre thence through Alteene to China ibid. 60. The Commodities and Trading there 544.50 The way from Pechora thither ibid. See 552 Tocoatican the Iland 308.40 Tocci the Mexicans Idoll a Young-man worshipped in a Womans skin 1004.1 1031.30 Tococ what in Chinese 306.10 Toera the Riuer nauigable after a Thawe 525 Toes with two Nayles 394.20 Tolle and Customes payed at Bridges in China 330 Toll taken at Bridges in Russia 754 40 Tombe a strange one 265. 266. Inscriptions vpon them in China ibid. 50 Tome Mastangue an Armenian his aduentures 254 Tomineios an Indian Bird as small as a Bee or Fly 965.20.977.10 Tomo Castle in Siberia how farre from the Dominions of Altine and Cathaya 798. 527 Tongue of a Bird like a Quill 980.20 Tooles made of Cowes bones where 877.40 Tooles that cut Stone made of a Ciment of sand and blood 1129.40 And of Flint for Goldsmiths and Grauers 1132.50 Tooma the new Citie where 527.1 Tooth of a Giant found as bigge as a mans first 1002.10 Torchillus the Islander his last Will 665.50 Tortoises of India which take fifteene men to draw them out of the water the manner of taking them they lay Egges and feede on shore 987.10 Tortoises of the West Indies described when good Meate and when Poyson 976.40 Tortuga I le in the West Indies 866.30 Tosa an Iland 253.20 Towers wonderfull ones in China 204.60 Tower of ten Stories high 328.30 Trades giuen ouer in Russia and why 432 Trades none bound vnto in China 367.20 Tradesmen in Tartarie worke one day in the Weeke for the Prince 88.20 Trading in Muscouie granted to the English 221 Traditions made equall with Scriptures 452 Traditions in China 196.50 Traditions learned by heart in Mexico 1052. And in Peru 1053.10 Trauaile the difficulties of it in the North and North-Eastern parts 66.20.60 Trauailing fifteene dayes together vpon Bushes 960 Trauailing by the Compasse in Iseland 649.50 Trauellors out of Russia punisht with losse of Life and Goods and why 433.10 Trauellors in Russia what they must carry 224.20 Transubstantiation imitated by the Deuill in his Idoll-Ceremonies 1041.10 in marg Trapesunda the Citie 2.20 Traytors punishment in China 406.40 Treason forfeits all Priuiledges 388.1 Treason vnheard of in Peru 1055.10 Treasurer of the bones of the Dead 274.20 Treatie of a League betwixt Russia Denmarke and Sweden against the Pole 757.1 Tree borne in Procession 227.20 Tree of the Sunne where 72.20 Tree whose pith is Meale for Bread 104. The wood sinkes in the water Lances made of it c. ibid. Tree of Siluer a most Artificiall one in Tartarie 35.50 Described ibid. Trees that haue lyen since Noahs Flood 223.60 Trees none in the frozen Countryes of Noua Zembla Lapland c. 517.40 Trees in Peru halfe of which yeelds fruits for one sixe Moneths and the other side another 961.50 Trees taken vp by the rootes carried by Elephants to the Great Chams Gardens 83.30 Trees of the West Indies loose not their Leaues 983.30 Not deepe rooted ibid. Trees and Thickets of the West Indies 960.10 Huge Trees ibid. Trees Fruites and Plants of West India 981 Trees hollow that will hold a hundred men 982.20 Tribunals stately ones 272.1 Tributes payed to the King of Mexico see page 1080. c. Some pretie Story about that 1006.20 Tribute of the Russe payed in Commodities 428 Trigautius his discourse of China 380 Trimecau a strange Sect 277.1 Trinidad Iland discouered the shape c. 866.1.10 Trinity Harbour in Greenland our Kings Armes set vp there 722.40 And possession taken for him ibid. The Latitude and Variation ibid. Trinitie some mention of it 397.60 Trinitie imitated by the Deuill in Peru 1045.20 Trondon the Towne in Norway 618.20 The King of Denmarkes seate ibid. Saint Olaus the King buryed there ibid. Tropickes the causes of temperature and habitablenesse betwixt them 921.922 Constant Brises betwixt the Tropickes 924. Westerne windes without them alwayes and why 925.40 Tropickes when most rayne within or without them and the reason 918.50 in margin 919.20.30 Causes of temperature there 920. c. Truth well rewarded 194.30 Trumpa the kinde of Whale that yeelds the Sperma Caeti Amber Greece 471.50 Trumpets of the Cannibals of shels of Weelkes 992.20 Tsaritzna the Iland 243.60 Tucaman Prouince in the West Indies bounds of its Iurisdiction Townes in it and their Latitudes Mines Wooll Gilt-leather Husbandry Riuers c. 897.40 Tudinfu a noble Kingdome 95.10 Great trading there ibid. Tufaune a Tempest vsuall in China 197.40.263.50 Tuinians a people of Cathay 24.20 Tuinians opinion that the Soule of euery thing is the God of it 41.40 They will not haue the secrets of their Religion searched into 41.60 They are Manichees 42.10 Tumblers in China 302.40 Tumen in Tartarie the trade there the way thither from Pechora in Russia 556.20 Tumen a Tartarian money worth ten Markes 34.10 Tumultuous multitude an example of them in Russia 753.20 Tunall Tree of India the strange growing of it which beares fruit and Cochinell 957.30 One in Mexico growing out of a Mans heart the strange storie of it 1003.40 1004.40.50 Tunall Tree againe described with his fruit 1131.30 Tunas a West Indian fruit makes the vrine like Blood 984.40 Tundi or Bishops in Iapon 324.20 Turffes in stead of Morter in Island 662. Two sorts of Turffes inuenter of Turffes ibid. Turkes their manner of liuing 69.40 Turkes trade into China 362.10 Their Commodities and gulling the China King with a feyned tribute ibid. Turkie wasted by the Tartars 119.1 The Kingdome of it refused by the Armenian 119.20 The weake Estate of it in Rubruquis his time 51.60 52.1.10 Turkemannia the Countrey 237.1 Their manner of liuing and feeding ibid. Turkemannia inhabited by Turkes Grecians and Armenians 69.40 All vnder the Tartars when ibid. Turkish Armie ouerthrowne by the Russe 740 Turkie Carpets 69.40 Turkisses where found 71.1 Turlock Hauen in Island 647.50 Turquestan the Kingdome 109.20 Wonne by the Tartars 114.20 Tusce what in Chinese 312.60 Tutelare Gods respected in China 396.60 Tutia and Spodio where made and how 72.10 Tutia good for the Eyes ibid. Twelfe-dayes-solemnities 498.60 Kept Ianuary the fourth in Russia 225 V VAchen the Countrey Gentiles 232.30 Vaigats Straights and Iland Discouered 463.20 Inhabited by the Somoeds ibid. Impassible for Ice 463.40 It is an Iland 250.30 Vaigates Straights whence so full of Ice and floting Wood 527.50 Sometimes open from the Ice 526.40 The Riuers and Inlets about it 545.1 The way thence to the
Christianos transijt hodiâque tenet Finis Aquilonis Pascatur terra Magna Hângaria * Scilicet in notâoribus illis Orbis regionibus Blaci Valachia Ilac Mare Caspium Montes Caucaââ Cataiâ Nigra vel Cara Cataia Cataia Nigra fuit Terra Presbyteri Iohannis de quo multa falsae nec falsitate minori transijt fabula ad Abassinos novumque dedit nohis Presbyterum Ioannem Africanum Turci Regnum Coir Can. Naiman populus Caracarum Villa Pascua Moal Tartari Cingis faber Cingis can Hocata-can Ken-can Mangu-can Tota Russia Tartaris subdita Cataia Nigra vbi fuit Presbyter Iohannes Terra Moal Terra Tartarorum Ornan Kerule Caracarum Ciuitas Imperialis Tangut Vacâae mulcendae cantu ad Mulgendum * Mulgeri Tebeth Vid. ab Hak. to 1. ap Vincen. spec hist. 1.32 Solangi Catâia in extremitate Orientis Vel Asprâolorum Descriptio Simiae Patriarcha Nestorianorum b Sic solus Abuna in Aethiopia ordinat Idolatrae Templa Campanae Rasuâa Castitas Collegia Sacerdotum Corda nucleorum Iugres Tebeth Tangut Catai Orientalis Chinaei vtuntur hodie eiusmodi pânicillis characteribus Caracteres Philoso phici V.B. Spec. hist. lib. 32. Mat. Michou l. 2. c. 5. saith two of them went to the Cham but they were two others sent another way Iohn de Plano Carpini and his fellow whose story is in M. Hak. and in the said Vincent l. 32. Others call him Ocodai Can Bathu The foure were Ascelinus Alberike Alexander and Simon See a like distinction of Ethnikes Aug. in Psal. 113. V. Bel. l. 32 c. 90. * This seemes to be that Sartacâ in Rubruq Ercalthays pretended Letter in Vincent c. 91. * Hee was Author of a great part of that history which is wholly ascribed to Paris by the most Dacia is here as often by later Authours corruptly taken for Denmarke The Dacia of the ancients comprehended Transiluania Walachia and Moldauia A Caluish conceit See Brierwood and my Pilgr l. 4. c. â l. 5. c. 14. Crusados against the Taââtars A deuouâ Queene and Saint King Diuine apopââhegme Emperour Fr. 2. this Leââter to King Henr. 3. * An errour vsually such shadowes atâtend fame ãâã like the form of inclosed ãâã Iewes And iââdeed the Taââtartars were ãâã base and so mote that they like ãâã ouerflowed the Earth ãâã wâre vnknowne yeaâ thân also ãâã sudden storm and vnknowâ originall adâding to that teââour ãâã which they then amazââ and withall affâighted thâ Worâd as the Letters ãâã The Pope to haue his will against the Emperour exposeth Christian Princes to mutuall quarrels which he shold haue opposed to the Tartars neuer ceasing till he had ruined that Familie and the Empire Tartar Spies This Emperor Fred. â married Isabel Sister to K. Henr. 3. Dacia naualis Malice maâ Selib 8. c. 6 4. Neusâât * Of Baldwââ conquâring Constantinoplâ and the Empire of the ãâã there ãâã hath gââuen a long ãâã course see so Knolles Tuââkish Historie sup tom 1 l. 8. * Called by bilfada Ismaââ Sogdat and placed in Chirmia not Armenia on the North-side of the Euxine Sea Frier Bacon before cals it Soldaia in Cassaria Bâcara or Boghar in Bactria of which see M. Ienkinson They come to the Great Can. They are sent Ambassadours from the Can to the Pope Golden tablet vsed as a Commission vnder the broad Seale Acre or Acoâ then in possession of the Christians see before l. 8. c. 4. Pope Clement the fourth * Another copie hath 15. x For the Booke was written by a Gentleman oâ Genoa from his mouth and therefore still in Ramusio Marco is mentioned in the third person and not in thâ first at least much of it waâ so written anâ the whole pubâlished by ãâã d The tenth that name Letters and Preaching Frââars sent vnto the Tartar The Citie Clââmenfu The adoratiââ of the Tartaâ Marcus ãâã made one oâ the Chans Clerkes anâ a Courtier Marcos Legââtiân His wisedomâ in trauelling to a farre Countrey * This 26. yeare to be reââkoned to thâ time in ãâã this booke ãâã written froâ 1272. to 12â as in the Relation appeareth The ãâã is that it was 26. yeârs sâ he began to a Courâier They ãâ¦ã Argon a King of the Indians Argon is a Nation of India And this King gouerned the same The will of Queene Bolgana Cogatin The manner of the Inhabââtants Giazza Turchomania Turkie Of the Georâââanâ Georgia Moxul Baldach Chisi Balsara Vlau Alau or Haalon Tauris Deuils Martyrs The eight Kingdome of Persia. Horses Asses The Inhabitants Fine distinction as in a Popish fasts Iasdi Camandu Oxen with a bunch on the backe Sheepe of the bignes of Asses Their Inchantments The Authors danger Ormus Parrats Their Ships An outward shell which growes vpon the Caco Nut and yeelds a thready substance A Desart in which is Salt bitter laxatiue greene water Cobinam Tutia and Spodio A Desart of eight dayes Iourney Timochaim Tree of Sun or Arbor Secco a Ricci Mulehet Aloadine the old man of the Mountayne Knaue-fooles Paradise * It is likely that the Assasines mentioned in the eight ninth Bookes were branches of this stock Disciples of his Syrian Vicar or this of them Large pleasant Countrey A Desart Sapurgan Pompions Statyra Balach perhapâ in Susa. Thracian Salt-mountaynes Scassem Porcupines Porci spinosi Balaxiam Couragious Horses and vnshod Bucephalus-breed Bascia Chesmur Vochan Highest mountayne Pamer Beloro Caschar Carchan Wennes by bad waters happen also in the Alpes Cotam the name of a Prouince and chiefe Citie Peim Adulterous custome Great Turkie or Turcomania Ciarcian Lop. Desart of Lop. Illusions of Deuils It sââmeth that the compasse was not then found out which of later times they vse in Deâsarts as in the Sea Sachion Tanguth The Sacrifice of the Birth-day The Rites of Funerall Astrologers Iouiâll Lâds Bâwdes to their owne Wiues Kind Cuckoldâ This Chapter is not in Ramusios Italian Copie which I haue printed 1559 yet is it mentioned there among the Prouinces of Tanguth And I haue not a little trauelled in Trauellers to find this Salamander but haue found not a little no Midwife to my throwes which makes mee throw away that conceit Succuir Rhubarbe Of this Ramusio hath giuen a large discourse from the Relation of Chaggi Meâeret which had beene in these parts Camâioâ Christian Churches Idolâtrous Monasteries Idols of diuers kinds The yeere of the Moone Their many wiues Ezina Carchoran vid. Rubr. of Caracarum The originall of the Dominion of the Tartars The fruit of a wilde gouernment Cingis goeth forrh against Vmcan Tanduc He consulteth with the Magicians Hee vanquisheth the Enemie by warre He dieth with the shot of an Arrow Cingis an Cân Caâ Batâân Can. Eâu Can. Monââ Can. ãâã Can. Alââi the Sepulcher of the Kings of the Tartars Their cruell custome of funerals The marriages of the Tartars Womens concord and industrie z Cosmos Their substance of Cattell Cottages The Tartars religion Painted Marriages Their war-fare The mulct
The variation of the Compasse 10. deg 40. min. Zere Iland The English suffer shipwracke The Armenian Village The latitude of Derbent 41. degrees 52. minutes The variation of the Compasse Nezauoo The particulars of their returne are omitted A strange accident of prouision for their reliefe Trauell vpon the Ice Chetera Babbas The English ship cut in pieces with Ice December Assaulted by Tartars Their returne to Astracan The breaking vp of the Ice Anno 1553. Master William Burrough was thân young and with his brother in this first voyage Newnox is from the road of S. Nicholas Westward 35. miles Note Anno 1554. Anno 1555. The King and Queenes letters Entertainment by the Duke Master Killingworths beard of a maruellous length Anno 1556. the disastrous voyage Serchthrift Stephen Borough Anno 1557. Boghar voyage Muscouie trade long vnfortunate 1560. The first trade to the Narue 1560. Alcock slaine in Persia. Banister dyed in Media Edwards dyed at Astracan Note for numbers if great care bee not had how easily how dangerously mistaken * So it seemes by those words of his fol. 122. Aind a que confesso que me falta o milhor que be saber engenho para dar a entender o clima a Altura dâs graos c. False graduations a common thing in Maps of East and West Indies Valignanus a great Iesuite wrote a booke with that title * See of Gama tom 1. pag. 26. Straight of Mecca or the Red Sea Portugall Fortresse in Socatora before the Arabs Conquest A Martyr of Mahomet Martyrem non poena sed causa Xael or Iaâl insurrection Bralapisaon Tosa Span Lossa A strange answere Pullo Cambim Catimparù Lake Pinator Quitiruan Xincaleu 22. Millions Duckets Gold mines iron minds Rocke of Diamonds Similau a Pirate taken Tinacoreu or Taurlachim or Varella Truck for gold Pilaucacem Bird-wonder Cunebetee or Chiammay Pullo Champeiloo * Gauias Quiay Taiam a Pirate Thomas Mastangue his aduentures Pearle-fishers Guamboy and other Coast Cities of China Sonne of the Sunne title of the King of China Aynam or Hainam a great Iland S. from China Tanauquir Xicaulem another Pyrate A Renegado China Robber Mutipinan Benan Quangepaaru Hinimilau an Ethnike-ChristianâMoore Pyrate Quangiparu âlha dâs ladrones Miserable wracke and their fortnights miseries Reliefe almost miraculous * Milhano Wonderfull prouision Admirable escape Quoaman Comhay New Moone Tempests in China Guintoo Pullo Quirim Quiay Panian a China Pyrate Chincheo Goto Newes of Coia Acem Lailoo Opima spolia Coia Acem slaine The Caciz hatred of Christians Faria wracked the second time Violent wind Nouday China perillous Coast. Nouday assaulted Thomas Perez The Mandarine slaine Prisoners loosed The Towne sacked Comolem Ilands Premata Gundel a Pirate Another sea-fight Panians Iunke and another sunke Farias victorie 120000 Cruzados Buncalon Liampoo a Portugall Towne on the coast of China seuen leagues from Liampoo Ciuill warres in âhina Fabulous âumour Quouasy Farias triumph Calempluy Currents in in the Bay of Nanquin Angitur Nanganfu Sileupaquim Bay of Nanquin Buxipalem Strange Fishes Calnidan Moscumbia Alimania * A leste à lessueste Paatebenam Botinafau Gangitanou Giants Their wilde dance A Corge is 20. Sileupamor Tanamadel The wonderfull wall Statues 360. Hermitages Steples-pinacles He goeth on land Iesus made a patron of theeues He enters an Hermitage The speech betwixt Faria and an Hermit Absolons vowes Compleat hypocrisie The Hermitages Hermits attendants as Lay brethren Papall power They are discouered Xalingau Conxinacau Faria drowned and âoth the Barkes wrâcked Foure other drowned An Hospitall * Malaca is said to stand in the Kingdome of Siam though now not yeelding subiection Siley iacau Suzanganee Strange oath Xiangulee hard vsage Chautir Taypor Nanquim Talagrepos The Iesuites place this Citie in 32. and in other places they likewise disagree in their calculation The reason I suppose is that Pânto neuer obserued the height by Instâument nor perhaps had skill thereby this he confesseth cap 105. pag. 222. but followed the Maps which at his returne he saw which haue placed Nanquin in that height falsly as I conceiue to keepe others from the true knowledge of these parts a thing vsuall in the old Maps of the East and West parts of the World and sometimes they did graduate places falsly of ignorance Nanquin described See of it in Pantoia Their iourney by water from Nanquin to Pequin * This gilding perhaps is but a kind of earth which the Chinois haue looking like gold Pocasser The Tartar Prisoner A pensile Palace 360. Pillars to the 360. dayes of the yeere Queens siluer Chappell and the riches and ãâ¦ã The Iesuits say his armes are golden Dragons Monstrous statues Xinligau Leuquinau God of Sea fish Silke-loomes Huge pastures Iunquileu Alboquerque See tom 1. lib. 2. pag. 32. The Spanish hath the Palsy and it seemes a kind of Palsie gotten by stroke or blasting of the Aire Two monstrous statues and their deuotions Frequenâie of China people Sampitay See Maff. l. 6. these Portugall Rebels had possessed Tamus and raised a Fort in the Iland whence followed that out rage to Perez after foure moneths trauell from Canton to the Court Lopez Soarez which sent Peirez to China went Vice-roy A. 1515. China Christians and Christianitie Loquimpau Mynes of Tuxenguim * 1000. Picoes is a Million of Taeis Pacan and Nacau China Chronicles and Legends Beginning of thâ ãâ¦ã Legend of Pequim No stranger may enter China The wall of China Seis brasas dalto quarenta palmos de largo Vâion todas chanfradas ao picao Fiue Riuers interrupting the wall Wall-forts Thus in Spaine Malefactors aâ sentenced to the Gallies or Garrisons of Oran Penon c Huge Prison Chaens of the wall Mindoo The customes 300000. Cruzados 3840. Hammer-men A Pico is 1000. Taeis Bigaypotim China ruled ouer India Cohilouzaa A Christian martyred Lucena hath this storie A Crosse. Mat. Escandel an Hungarian Earthquake The China Pluto Iunquilânau Sem colares nem algemas How such infinite numbers liue Sugar-houses Infinite prouisions and store houses Pastures of beasts Dogs for meat Moueable Cities on the water Beauties and glories of this Riuer-Citie Bridges and high-wayes admirable Filâhy charity The Authors opinion Pequim Their hard vsage Their Cause heard The Fiscall set on worke it seemes by the Iudge which had senâenced them punished Tribunal and pompe Quansy works The Kings almâs Description of Paquim or as the Chinois call it Pequim Aquesendoo a Booke written of Pequin 1600. houses for Deputies 24000. sepulchers Hospitals 500. 24000. Bargemen 14000. Purueyors Curtesan street 100000. Landerers 1300. Monasteries * By letting the houses to other men 360. Gates and Castles 3800. Temples Foure chiefe Sects 120. Riuerets 1800. Bridges 120. Market-places 160. Shambles Prison of the exiled to the Tartarian wall almost eight leagues compasse * Or 18. to 45. Multitudes of Prisoners and men employed in the wall * Before hee sayd 200000. Huge Faires Another admirable Fabrike * Terreyro and so after Fire-blowers of Hell
Barge Glorious Varnish Abundance of all colours in Iapon and China Painted Figures Very great Oares and the excellent vse of them Musike Manner of petitioning the King Eunuch estranged They stayed three months Lincin This was the thirteenth of October Couetousnesse iniurious Images A Crosse and Reliques A Chalice A Crucifixe Suspicion Dying dreadfull The force of Winter This was till the bâginning of Ianuarie 1601. The King sends for them Their iourney They came to Paquin in 4. dayes trauell The present is deliuered to the King Clockes and Pictures admired They are sent for to the Court. Eunuches are taught to vse the Clockes The Pictures The King of China his questions Three kindes of Kings The Escuriall Saint Markes Sepulchers Death of King Philip the 2. The King neuer suffereth himselfe to be seene of the common people Bad Picture-drawers Eunuches preferred Iesuites offered to be Mandarins A Moneth Mandarin offânded They are shut vp some three moneths Mandarins Petition A Turke kept there They hyer an House Visited by Mandarins China ignorance oâ the worâd Vse of Maps Ill Cosmographie Ignorance mother of arrogance Mathematicks Ethikes Foure months Hopes of Christianitie The basenesse of the Bonzi Indeuotion Almost Atheists Bookes of Philosophers aboue 2000. yeeres old Sacrifices to Philosophers Some Christians made there Closensse of Women Some relations of Conuersions are heere for breuitie omitted Multitude of people Desire of Learning and Morall vertue Marke this zeale China foure square The Description Two notable errours of our newest Maps Paquin in 40. degrees The Kingdom of China goeth not past 42. degrees North-ward China and Catayo are all one Cambalu and Paquin aâe all one Very Merchants It is so in Moscouie Iasper stone a great merchandise· x Almizcte Span. the Latin hath Muske y Como buche Span Latin Stomachum Rhubarb See before in Chaggi Memet p. 164 A Sea of sand Diuision Chorographicall Bookes Chinâ populous Villages as great as Townes Walls Nanquin in 32. degrees and an halfe Three walls Streets long Palaces Circuit 200000. houses Hancheo and Sucheo Quinsay Ciuitas coeli Reuenue Building not beautifull compared with European Vniformitie in China Cities Fertilitie Commodious Riuers In 600. leagues but one day by land This is more exactly measured by Ricius a more exact and mature obseruer of all things sup §. 5. cap. 5. Mighty Riuer perhaps Quâân mentioned by Polo Fishing with a kinde of Rauens or Cormoraâts Muddy Riuer Alume vsed in clarifying of water Shipping Ship-houses Multitude of ships The excellent beauty of the Mandarines Barges Tributes in money and in kinde 10000. Vessels at Nanquin for Tribute of Victuals and 1000. for other Tributes and others many for workes Path-way of ships Sluces or locks Silkes and perfumes Vessels for workes Siluer in greatest request in China The great store of merchandise in China Cheapnesse A caution for strange Merchants Victuall store and cheape Sixe pence One halfpeny Herbs Two and three Haruests in one yeere Plaine Countrey Plaine of 100. leagues Spare feeding Herb-eaters Horses eaten Wines diuers Neatnesse Iesuites Benefit of hot drinke Oile made of an herbe Cold Prouinces Timber plenty Much Gold to be bought in China Brasse money vsed in China * Sarcos laâ ferruginei Trades Seruants cheape Sale of children vile None very rich Yet as rich as ours very rich Few idle Surnames Knights Nobilitie only in Learning No Lord but the King Extortion Marriage Polygamie Inheritance Funerals and mournings Three yeares mourning in white Linnen Keeping the dead at home Other Funerall Rites Funerall day Funerall Figures Coffân Buriall place Vnluckie to burie in the Citie Transition of soules Metempsuchicall Superstion Idolatrie Of Hell See in Pinto Lots Wicked Bonzi Diuiners and diuinations Studies to prolong life Bookes of Alchimie Souldiers many and few Basenesse Armour and Armes The barrels of their Pieces but a span long The causes of bad Souldiers dis-respect dis-use and their choise from the tonââe Exercises Militarie No Ordnance Tartarian conquest Feare of Tartars Mahometans No weapons in houses Not bloudie Studious Many Characters Monosyllable language Pensil-writing Rhetorike sole Art Here followed of their Degrees which is more exact in Trigantius and therefore here omitted Glory of Doctors They Print yeerely great store of bookes in China Easie Printing Printing white Most can write and reade Pootrie Painting and Musicke Noble Spirit of the Mandarins Sinceritie of some The present Kings disposition Heroike zeale Kings Wiues and Children Question of the Successor Thousands of Court Mandarins The Prince Proclaimed Gouernment good if well executed Lawes lawlesse Bribes Dance in a Net naked Court Mandarins Chiefe Mandarin or of Heauen See or these after in the diâcourse of Riccius and Trigantius The second The third c. Counsell of State or the Colai Their wealth and wages meane Whipping State and pompe Visitors Punishment by death rare The great frosts of Winter in Paquin Bookes of newes Complements of courtesie and entertainment That which is in a little letter is added out of Trigautius * When they salute in the street they turne to the North side to side at home to the head of the house which is against the doore Northward also their Temples and Halls for entertaynment being made with the doore to the South Cha or Chia a drinke made with a certaine herbe Paytre or visiting paper These Libels consist of 12. pages of white paper a palme and halâe long c. see Ric. pag. 66. Salutation or visitation-garments Taking leaue Head place of the house Great Letters for great persons First acquaintance Sending Presents Banquetting Inuitations Feasts to taste and bride it Chinois Complemental and almost all complement New-yeere A Turke dis-respected The Hierarchy applauded by Chinois Ridiculous nicetie Palace Polygamie litigious Closenesse of Women Apparell Small feet Histories of their Kings Knowledge of the Flood Moralitie made a King and Nature made a Mandarine contrary to innumerable Scripture c. Mathematicall Instruments The China vindex New Lords new Lawes Rebellion preuented by the policie Reuenue 100. Millions others say 150. Expences Nâighbour Kingdomes Corea or Corai A Paradoxe Contentednes Corea ioyned to the Continent of China Queenes closenesse Eunuches The yard and all cut away Their numbers and choice Seruice Ignorance Couetousnesse The common people neuer see nor speake with the King Law of Nations contemned Embâassages Royall Palace Yellow is the Kings Colour Riuer and Bridges Fire from Heauen No peace to the wicked Mounts and Groues Third partâtion King a home Prisoner Temple of Heauen and Earth Barbarous vsage of the Kings Children Kings Affinitie and Consanguinitie little worth Maps of China Here in the author begins l. 1 cap. 2. the first being a place The diuers names of this Kingdome The China custoââ of changing names yet this name China Sina or Cathay vnknowne to them Conceit of the Earths forme The Kings Title Largenesse of the Kingdome of China The temperate Climate * Some say many more see the Map and notes Chap. 3.
His purpose altered Stronâââream Herd of white Deere The Riuer searched Noua Zembla pleasant to the eye Cause of much Ice in those Seas which make no nauigable passage Willoughbies Land a conceit of Card-makers it seeming to be no other then Newland or Greenland as is before obserued cap. 2. as Costing Sarch of Brunell is to others Noua Zembla Note Greene Sea Thunder No night in ten weekes See Hak. 10.3 May 5. stilo nouo Beala ãâã Wardhouse They doubled the North Cape Assumption Point Zenââ Lofoote No variatioâ A great current setting to the North-east Farre Iles set 14. leagues to farre West Stromo Iune m The Bittacle is a close place in which the Compasse standeth Busse Iland Their first sight of stars for further North they ãâã continuall Sun-light Change of water A strange current out of the South-west Note well Bonets are those which are laced and eeked to the sayles to enlarge them with reference whereto the mayne course missen course fore course is vnderstood of those sayles without their Bonets A current from the North. Variation one point East Latitude 48. degrees 6. minutes * To spend the Mast is vnderstood of breaking it by foule weather only * That is bare no more sayle but the mayne sayle c. Variation Iuly The Banke of New found Land Variation west 17. degrees French-men Fishing on the Banke Variation 15. degrees North-west Variation 13. degrees Foggie and thick weather Many great Cods taken Many great Scoales of Herrings To sound is to trie the depth by Line and Lead or Pole c. Variation 17. degrees Land being low white and sandie 43. degrees 25. minutes Sight of Land againe and of two Ships Fiue Ilands Sixe Saluages come aboord them A large Riuer 44. Degrees 10. minutes The trade of the French with the Saluages They spoyle Houses of the Saluages Variation 10. degrees toward the North-west Variation 6. degrees to the West Variation 5. a halfe degrees A great current and many ouer-fals A great Rut. A current to the South-west and South-west by West with ouer-fals August They goe on Land neere Cape Cod. Sauages This dangerous Riffe is in 41. degrees 10 minutes and lyeth off East from Cape Cod into the Sea The Flats A current setting to the North. Variation one point Variation 10. degrees 37. Degrees 25. minutes 37. Degrees 6. minutes A low Land with a white sandie shoare 37. degrees 26. minutes Barre of Virginia Kings Riuer Note 37. degrees 22. minutes Variation 4. degrees Westward The Banke of Virginia The Coast lyeth South South-west and North North-west Latitude 37. degrees 15. minutes This agreeth with Robert Tyndall The Point of the Land A great Bay and Riuers A small Shallop needfull The Norther Land is full of shoalds Many Ilands They strike Latitude 39. degrees 5. minutes Latitude 38. degrees 39. minutes Deceitfull streames September Latitude 39. degrees 3. minutes The Land like broken Ilands The course along the Land from the mouth of one Riuer to the mouth of the Norther Bay or Lake Variation 8. degrees neere the Hills 2. degrees variation off at Sea High and a bold shoare Three great Riuers The Northermost barred An excellent Riuer Latitude 40. degrees 30. minutes A very good Harbour The people of the Countrey come aboord they are very ciuill Yellow Copper Tall Oakes The great Bay in 40. degrees and 30. minutâ Dryed Currants Mantles of Feathers Furs Hempe Red Copper Another Riuer foure leagues to the Northward A narrow Riuer to the Westward Colman slaine and two more hurt Colmans Point Treacherous Sauages Good Harbour 28. Canoes full of men Oysters and Beanes Copper Pipes Variation 13. degrees The Riuer a mile broad Very high and mountainous Land Very louing people Maiz Pompions and Tabacco Shoalds and small Ilands Grapes and Pompions Beauers and Otters skins Oration End of the Riuers Nâuigablenesse They returne downe the Riuer Store of Chest-nuts Okes Wal-nut trees Chest-nut trees Ewe trees Cedar trees c. Mountaines Small skins A pleasant place to build a Towne on Likelihood of Minerals October Treacherie of these Sauages A skirmish and slaughter of the Sauages A Myne of Copper or Siluer The Countrey of Manna-hata The great mouth of the great Riuer They leaue the Coast of Virginia Aprill 17. May. The Iles of Orkney Note Farre Ilands 62 degrees 24. minutes Westmony Iune Groneland Frobishers Streights Desolation A current West North-west East entrance into the Streights Iuly Desire prouoketh Iles of Gods Mercies Hold with Hope A mightie growne Sea Magna Britannia August Salisburies fore-land A great and whurling Sea A Streight which led vs into the deepe Bay of Gods great Mercies Cape Worsenholme Cape Digs Orkney Farre Iles. Island The South-east part of Island Westmonie Iland Mount Hecla casteth out fire A mayne of Ice * Or Diraford Lousie Bay An hot Bath The first of Iune Iland of Desolation Store of Whales Iland of Ice ouerturneth Danger by Ice Hudson entred 100. leagues further then any had been Discontents Desire prouokes Exercises of pleasure and profit on the Ice Difference of Tydes and Bayes Ice aboue 100. fathome A dangerous Rocke Iles of Gods Mercie Partridges Drift-wood Three Capes Prince Henries Cape King Iames his Cape Queene Annes Cape Note Mount Charles Cape Salsburie Deepes Cape Worsenhams Cape Deere Store of fowle and grasse Sorell and Scuruy grasse Fowles hanged Discord see Widhouse his Relations following Michaelmasse Day and Bay Anchor lost Sea of two colours Footing of a man Sticke on a Rocke Last of October Nouember the tenth frozen in Iohn Williams dyeth Henry Greenes bad conditions Greenes conspiracie Their hand wintring Store of Partridgâs Other Fowles succeeding in their seasons Miserable diet Medicinable budde A Sauage Turke Fishing Belly straits Wilson Green their wickednesse Robert Iuet ãâã Widhouses notes Oath abused The Carpenter spared They bind the Master The Carpenter let goe The names of the company exposed in the Shallop Lâst sight of the Shallop Foure Ilands The wicked flee where none pursueth Cockle grasse A Rocke Note Iuly 27. Sauages Sauages manner of fowling Greenes confidence Sauages dogges Sauages trecherie Trecherie iust to vniust Traytors Greene slaine Wicked and wretched end of wretched wicked men Miserie pursueth the rest Poore Diet. Robert Iuets death A sayle of Fowy Bere Hauen in Ireland They arriue at Plimouth Ilanders poore The cause of their stay as Island They are related by Master Hakluit in his 3. vol pag 121. Friesland Saint Thomas Monasterie in Greenland Hote Spring and the strange effects thereof Estotiland Drogio Abrah Ortel Chart. 6. Hak. vol. 3. Botero Maginus Hondius c. * There is also the relation hereof by Quirino himseife extant together with this in Râmusio Tom. 2. Out of which I haue heere added diuers annotations * The Italians call the sayling into the Mediterranean the Leuant or East and thence intâ the Spanish Ocean and these parts the Ponent or West * These are particularly related by Quirino the
of a Biscay ship The fourth and fifth Whales killed The sixt whale killed Three hundred Morses Biscainers enuie The seuenth Whale killed The eight Whale killed The ninth and tenth Whales killed The eleuenth twelfth and thirteenth Whales killed Ascension day Greenland attayned in eighteene dayes A ship of Saint Iohn de Luz Eight Spaniards on the coast The Generall was Captaine Beniamin Ioseph after slaine in fight with a Carrike Dutch ship No night the 23. of May. Diuers strangers Lat. 78. deg 24. minut Ship of Biscay Snowe Greene harbour Low sound His Maiesties Armes and a Crosse set vp at Low-nesse Snowe Thomas Bonner English man Master and Pilot. 76. deg 55. min. declination 67. deg 30. min. Variation 12. deg 14. min. Abundance of Ice An Iland in 72 degrees on the Coast of Groinland Three and twentie whales killed A man slaine Latitude 78. deg 7. min. Note A South South west Moone maketh a full Sea here A Biscayn ship of 700. tuns Many rockes full of Fowle Lisets Ilands Eighteene Whales killed Three Whales killed by the English Eight thirtie Whales killed August 1. Latitude 77. degrees 40. minutes Variation 13. degrees 11. minutes Latitude 79. degrees 14. minutes This was Maâ Cudners ship of London Latitude 79. degrees 8. minutes Sunnes refraction Note M. Cudner of London William Gourdon Variation 1. degree 5. min. Rost Ilands or Rosten 68. dâg no min. Thâ variâtion 4 degrees 8. minutes East Variation 5. dâg 3. minutes East The lying of the land about Scoutsnesse We went forth to Sea We met with Ice in 75. deg 10. minutes Eleuen Sayles fast in the Ice M. Th. Sherwin Iune We goe cleere off the Ice Wee met with the Mary An-Sarah We came to the Fore land We proceeded to the Northwards Maudlen Sound Hackluyts Head-land We anchoreâ in Maudlen Sound I went forth in a shallop We set sayle out of Maudlen Sound and followed the Ice Prince Charles Iland in 78. degrees 40. minutes Wee stood againe for shoare Eleuen Holland ships We anchored in Sir T. Smiths Bay We went forth of Sir T. Smiths Bay We were driuen backe againe into Crosse-road We set sayle out of Crosse-road One shallop to the Northward The other into Maudlen Sound The Kings Armes set vp in Trinitie Harbour Trinitie Harbor is vnder the parallel of 79. degrees 34. minutes We came to an anchor in Faire Hauen No Whales were yet come in The shallop returned from the Northwards Cape Barrèn Saddle Iland A Storme Iulie The Whales began now to come in Two Whales escaped We came forth of Faire hauen We met with Ice and stood to the Northwards Our Shallop came to vs. We returned towards Faire hauen We intended to discouer in Shallops I went forth in the one Shallop Master Baffin came to me in the other Shallop Red-beach Wee hailed our Shallop vpon the Ice We returned to our Shallop We were vnder saile and came to an anchor againe We killed a Whale August We went to the Northwards with our Shallops We got to the shoare of Red Beach with out Shallops We walked ouer Red-beach The Kings armes are set vp at Wiches Sound We passed ouer Wiches Sound We found Beach Finâ We met with the Hartsease Shallop Note The end of Sir Thomas Smiths Inlet discouered We returned towards our Ship A storme began when we were amongst Ice We get forth of the Ice We came aboord our ship The Holland Discouerers go homewards Our Ship went forth to Sea We met with Ice eight leagues from the Shore We plyed off and on the Ice two dayes Wee anchored againe in the North Harbor I went to the Eastwards in a shallop Ice was newly frozen in Red-cliffe Sound I intended to go once to Point Desire A great snow began I could not passe for Ice The originall cause of Ice at Sea I went backe againe to Red-beach I returned towards our ship Point Welcome The Kings Armes are set vp againe at Point Welcome I went into Red cliffe Sound Point Deceit I came aboord our ship A Whale lay sunken fourteene dayes The Hartseasâ anchored by vs. Warme weather in the end of August We set sayle to the Eastward The Thomasinâ returnes for England We stood to the westwards Wee met with Ice We left the Ice and came for England A storme beganne A Corpo Santo It is often seen at the end of stormes Hackluyts Headland Perill and escape Note Errour of Grouland Fogges High Hill Drift wood Note Sir T. Smiths Iland Mount Hackluyt Hudsons Hold-with-hope questioned as before also Ships of the King of Denmarke Terrible Disaster Flemmings Peter Goodford drowned Cold and heate strangely variable Tobacco lighted by the Sun at midnight Gods mercy to England whiles warres haue infested thâ rest of the World A. Thuan-bister l. 135. Iam. 3. Exod. 1. Al. Gwagninâ descript Mosc George brother to the Emperor done to death Hee addes principal Nobles here omitted * 700. women at one time 378. prisoners at another 500. Matrons and Virgins of noble bloud exposed to be rauished by the Tartars in his sight at another time c. * A Secretarie cutting off his priuities he died presently which the Emperour construing to be done purposely caused him there instantly to eate whât he had cut off * Or Theodor Sir Ierom Horsey The death of Iuan Vasiliwich 1584. April 18. Lord Boris adopted as the Emperors third sonne The day of Pheodor his coronation Iohn de Wale Chare Sibersky Prince of Siberia taken prisoner brought to Mosco Sophet Keri Alli King of the Crims arriuall at Mosco The new Emperor Pheodore Iuanowich his Lâtters and Requests to the Queene Master Horseys voyage from Mosco to England ouer land 1586. Thuan. hist. lib. 120. Diuorce vrged D. Fl. S.I.H. Boris his plot Thuan. hist. lib. 135. sec. Demetrius slain some tell that one pretended his colâer stood awry in mending it cut his throate * It was in the Northern parts at Duglets * Some write that he caused diuers places in Mosco to be fiâred and then afterwards out of his owne cost repaired them D. Flet. Death of Theodore The Empresse succeedeth Russians vse of fortie dayes mourning for an Emperours death The Queene turneth Nun. Boris his willing vnwillingnesse Boris his speech Boris Emperor His Wife Son Daughter Tartars Russian New yeere Boris crowned His policies P. Basman * Where the censorious bitternesse also seemeth too much to insult on Bâris his dâsasters Tedious Title Strange request His audience P. Basman Emperours glorie Princes splendour Pollaxes Counsell and Nobilitie Plate Dining roomâ Change of Rayment Two hundred Nobles guests Three hundred noble Seruitors Garlike and Onions Drinkes Meads Memory of Q. Elizabeth Gifts Newes of Demetrius Princes pomp Peter Basman Oucsinia the Princesse Second audience Citizens Souldiers Golden Seale Great dinner Ambassadors departure Sled-passage Emperor Boriâ his death New christened Emperors person His respect to his sonne * Because he had done more for him then might lawfully be commanded
afterwards deliuered to the generall Assembly of the said Companie at a Court holden the 25. of Iune 1611. Published by authority of the said Counsell pag. 176â CHAP. IX A Letter of Sir Samuell Argoll touching his Voyage to Virginia and Actions there Written to Master Nicholas Hawes Iune 1613. H. p. 1764. CHAP. X. Notes of Virginian Affaires in the gouernment of Sir Thomas Dale and of Sir Thomas Gates till Ann. 1614. taken out of Master Ralph Hamor Secretarie to the Colonie his Booke pag. 1766. CHAP. XI A Letter of Sir Thomas Dale and another of Master Whitakers from Iames Towne in Virginia Iune 18. 1614. And a peece of a Tractate written by the said Master Whitakers from Virginia the yeere before pag. 1768. To the R. and my most esteemed friend M. D.M. at his house at F. Ch. in London ibid. Part of a Tractate written at Henrico in Virginia by M. Alexander Whitaker Minister to the Colonie there which then gouerned by Sir Thomas Dale 1613. pag. 1771. CHAP. XII Of the Lotterie Sir Thomas Dales returne the Spaniards in Virginia Of Pocahuntas and Tomocomo Captaine Yerdley and Captaine Argoll both since Knighted their Gouernment the Lord La Warres Death and other occurrents till Anno 1619. pag. 1773. CHAP. XIII The estate of the Colonie Anno 1620. and Master Dermers Letter to me from Virginia touching his Voyage for the South Sea pag. 1775. A Note of the Shipping Men and Prouisions sent to Virginia by the Treasurer and Companie in the yeere 1619. pag. 1776. CHAP. XIIII A true Relation of a Sea-fight betweene two great and well appointed Spanish Ships or Men of Warre and an English ship called the Margaret and Iohn or the Black Hodge going for Virginia pag. 1780 CHAP. XV. Virginian affaires since the yeere 1620. till this present 1624. pag. 1783. § 1. A Note of the shipping Men and prouisions sent and prouided for Virginia by the Right Honourable Henry Earle of South-hampton and the Companie and other priuate Aduenturers in the yeere 1621. c. With other Occurrents then published by the Companie ibid. Ships and People ibid. And for the benefit of the Plantations these things following haue beene here done this yeere ibid. Other Occurrents of note ibid. Gifts pag. 1784. § 2. Newes from Virginia in Letters sent thence 1621. partly published by the Company partly transcribed from the Originals with Letters of his Maiestie and of the Companie touching Silke-workes pag. 1787. His Maiesties gracious Letter to the Earle of South-hampton Tresurer and to the Counsell and Companie of Virginia here commanding the present setting vp of Silke-workes and planting of Vines in Virginia pag. 1787. § 3. The barbarous Massacre committed by the Sauages on the English Planters March the two and twentieth 1621. after the English accompt pag. 1788. § 4. A Note of prouisions necessarie for euery Planter or personall Aduenturer to Virginia and accidents since the Massacre pag. 1719. CHAP. XVI English Voyages to the Summer Ilands Henry Mays Shipwracke there 1593. The first Colony sent 1612. pag. 1793. A Copie of the Articles which Master R. More Gouernour Deputie of the Summer Ilands propounded to the Company that were there with him to be subscribed vnto which both hee and they subscribed the second of August in his House Anno 1612. which about the same time hee sent into England to the Worshipfull Companie of the Aduenturours pag. 1795. CHAP. XVII Relations of Summer Ilands taken out of Master Richard Norwood his Map and Notes added thereto printed 1622. The Historie of the Creatures growing or liuing therein being inlarged out of Captaine Smiths written Relations pag. 1796. CHAP. XVIII Extracts out of Captaine Iohn Smiths Historie of Bermudas or Summer Ilands touching the English acts and occurrents there from the beginning of the Plantation pag. 1801. CHAP. XIX Briefe intelligence from Virginia by Letters a supplement of French-Virginian occurrants and their supplantation by Sir Samuel Argal in right of the English plantation pag. 1â05 CHAP. XX. Virginias Verger or a discourse shewing the benefits which may grow to this Kingdome from American-English Plantations and specially those of Virginia and Summer Ilands p. 1809. The Contents of the Chapters and Paragraphs in the tenth Booke of the Second part of Purchas his PILGRIMS CHAP. I. A Briefe Relation of the discouerie and plantation of New England and of sundrie accidents therein occurring from the yeer of our Lord 1607. to this present 1622. published by the President and Councell and dedicated to the Princes Highnesse here abbreuiated p. 1827. CHAP. II. The voyage of Master Henrie Challons intended for the North plantation of Virginia 1606. taken by the way and ill vsed by Spaniards written by Iohn Stoneman Pilot. H. pag. 1832. CHAP. III. Extracts of a Booke of Captaine Iohn Smith printed 1622. called New Englands trialls and continuing the storie thereof with Motiues to the businesse of fishing there pag. 1837. An Abstract of Letters sent from the Colonie in New England Iuly sixteene 1622. p. 1840. CHAP. IIII. A Relation or Iournall of a plantation setled at Plimoth in New England and proceedings therof printed 1622. and here abbreuiated p. 1842. CHAP. V. Good newes from New England or a relation of things remarkable in that Plantation written by E. Winslow and here abbreuaited pag. 1853. CHAP. VI. Noua Scotia The Kings Paâent to Sir William Alexander Knight for the plantation of New Scotland in America and his proceedings therein with a description of Mawooshen for better knowledge of those parts pag. 1871. The description of the Country of Mawooshen discouered by the English in the yeere 1602.3 5 6 7 8 and 9. H. pag. 1873. CHAP. VII The beginning of the Patent for New-found-land and the plantation there made by the English 1610. deliuered in a Letter dated thence from M. Guy to M. Slany Also of the weather the three first winters and of Captaine Weston with other remarkable occurrents H. pag. 1876. Master Iohn Guy his Letter to Master Slany Treasurer and to the Counsell of the New-found-land plantation pag. 1877. To Master Iohn Slany Treasurer and others of the Councell and Companie of the New-found-land plantation the 29. of Iuly 1612. pag. 1879. CHAP. VIII Captaine Richard Whitbournes voyages to New-found-land and obseruations there and thereof taken out of his printed booke p. 1882. A Relation of New-found-land pag. 1884. CHAP. IX The names of diuers honourable persons and others who haâe vndertaken to helpe to aduance his Maiesties plantation in the New-found-land written by the said R. W. with extracts of certaine Letters written from thence pag. 1888. The second Part of the tenth Booke CHAP. X. DIuers warlike Fleets set forth to Seâ against the Spaniards by our English Debora Queene Elizabeth of glorious memorie Her manifold deliueries and victories pag. 1891. CHAP. XI The Popes Bull the King of Spaines preparations the Duke of Medinas Expedition the Duke of Parmas Forces for the inuasion of England diuers Sea fights twixt
with two hundred men white and blacke in which Magistrates spend much time and the cunning skill whereof gets much credit to a man although hee can doe nothing else and some chuse such their Masters with wonted rites Theft is not punished with Death the second fault therein is branded with an hot Iron and Inke in the Arme with two Characters the third time in the Face after with their terrible Whipping or condemning to the Gallies for a time limitted so that there are abundance of Theeues Euery night in Cities many Watchmen at certayne times beate Basons as they walke the streets the streets also enclosed and shut yet many thefts are committed the Foxe being the Gooseherd and the Watch partners with the Theefe The Cities in greatest Peace in the midst of the Kingdome are shut euery Night and the Keyes carryed to the Gouernour §. V. Of their Superstitions Cruelties feares of Magistrates of the Kings kindred of Strangers and Souldiers Their Deities and three Sects Priests Nunnes Monasteries Legends Lyes NO superstition is so generall in the Kingdome as the obseruation of luckie and vnluckie Dayes and Houres for which purpose yeerely is Printed a two-fold Table of dayes by the Kings Astrologers in such plentie that euery house is full of them In them is written on euery day what may bee done or not or to what houre yee must forbeare businesse which may in that yeere happen There are others more dangerous Masters which make a liuing by this Wizardly profession of selling lyes or prescribing fit houres wherby many differre the beginning of Building or Iourneying till their appointed day or houre come then how vnfitting soeuer that prooueth with crosse weather they set on neuerthelesse though it be but a little little onset that the worke might thence appeare to take beginning The like superstitious obseruation they haue of the moment of the Natiuitie which they precisely set downe diuers professing by Astrologie or by superstitious numbers or by Physiognomie or Palmestrie or Dreames or words in Speech or posture of the body by innumerable other wayes to foretell future Fortunes many Gipsie-juglings vsed to such impostures as by a stalking Knaue which shall professe his Fortunes exactly told him by the professor or by learning out of printed Bookes which describe euery Citie Street and Familie what hath hapned as an argument of the truth of that which they say shall happen Yea their credulitie breeds such strong imagination that some being foretold of a Sicknesse such a day will then fall sicke of conceit Many also consult with Deuils and familiar Spirits and receiue Oracles from the mouth of Infants or of Beasts not without fraud They are superstitious in chusing a plot of ground to erect a dwelling House or Sepulcher conferring it with the head tayle and feete of diuers Dragons which liue forsooth vnder our earth whence depends all good or bad Fortune Diuers Learned men busie their wits in this abstruse Science and are consulted when any publike Buildings are raysed And as Astrologers by the Starres so these Geologers by inspection of Riuers Fields Mountaines and scite of Regions foretell Destinies dreaming by setting a Doore or Window this or that way conueying the rayne to the right or left hand by a higher or lower roofe honour and wealth shall accrue to the House Of these Impostors the Streets Cities Courts Shops Markets are full which sell that which themselues want good Fortune to all Foole-fortunate buyers yea Women and blinde folkes professe it and some find such Chapmen of the Learned Noble King and all that they grow to great riches by others little wits All disasters publike or priuate are attributed to Fate and ill scite of some Citie House or Palace The noise of Birds the first meeting in the Morning Shadowes caused by the Sunne in the house are their Fortune-guides For other vices some will make themselues Seruants to rich men to haue one of the hand-maydes become his Wife so multiplying issue to bondage Others buy a Wife but finding their family becomne too numerous sell their Sonnes and Daughters as Beasts for two or three pieces of Gold although no dearth prouoke him to euerlasting separation and bondage some to the Portugals Hence is the Kingdome full of Slaues not captiued in warre but of their owne free-borne Yet is seruice there more tollerable then else-where for euery man may redeeme himselfe at the price payd for him when hee is able and there are many poore which with hard labour sustayne themselues A worse euill in some Prouinces is theirs which finding themselues poore smother their new-borne Babes specially Females by an impious pietie and pittilesse pitie preuenting that sale to Slauerie by taking away that life which euen now they had giuen They pretend hereunto also their Metempsychosis dreaming that the Soule of that Infant shall the sooner passe into some more fortunate body and are not therefore ashamed to doe this in others presence yea not the meanest of the communaltie Many more inhumanely kill themselues either wearie of a miserable life or willing after death to bee reuenged of some enemy whiles to the Enemy of mankind many thousands yeerely Sacrifice themselues by Halter Drowning and Poyson Another immanitie in the Northerne Prouinces is vsed vpon Male Infants whom for hope of Palace preferments their Parents make Eunuches of which in the Kings house are ten thousand a dull and blockish kinde of vnkind vnmanly men Their Whippings also take away more liues then the executions of sentences to Death their Reedes slit two ells long a finger thicke and foure broad at the first blow breaking the skinne and flesh on the hinder part of the thighes to preuent which many bribe the Magistrates of whose domineering fulnesse of power they liue in perpetuall feare where calumnies and lyes are so rife which China perfidiousnesse made the Kings come so guarded abroad and vnknowne and now not to come foorth at all The Kings kindred are now growne to sixtie thousand and daily increasing become a burthen to the publike and daily increase in idlenesse impotence numbers the King being very jealous of them and setting Guards besides their perpetuall exile from Pequin and Nanquin No maruell if Strangers be no better trusted in China where the Natiues and Bloud are suspected out of whose Bookes they scorne to learne and repute them little better then Beasts and the Characters whereby they expresse them are taken from Beasts How Legats are held as prisoners in publike houses is else-where deliuered Commanders of Souldiers which guard places are guarded and watched and not trusted with the pay of their Companies neither is there any more base then the Souldiery most Slaues or condemned persons for their owne or their Ancestors euils and when they are free from exercises of warre they become Muletters Porters and of
call the Southerne Mangines that is rude or barbarous as the Iesuites haue taught vs. But neither Cathay nor Mangi was then the name which they assumed but was giuen them by the Tartars as China is a name vnknowne to them now If any will find no other Cambalu nor Cathay but Pequin and China I will not contend though my Reasons elsewhere giuen out of Polo and Chaggi Memet and others with the former Relations of Pinto and Alhacen make me scrupulous and still to beleeue some greater Prince or Can with his Cambalu or Court in the more Northerly parts of Asia then the Iesuits could learne of which the China iealousie admitting no entercourse of Strangers and the many quarrelling Tartar Princes in the way haue concealed from vs hitherto The great blacke space on the North-west hath in the Originall certayne Characters in it which expresse it whether it intendeth Mountayns which their Art could no better expresse and the Riuers thence running may import or that sandy Desert on the North-west I cannot so well determine The Iesuits say that ab occasu qui Aquiloni vicinior est conterminus visitur arenae sitientis ager qui multorum dierum penuria aduenarum exercitus ab Sinarum Regno aut deterret aut sepelit I rather thinke that it is Cara Catay or Blacke Catay before often mentioned both Mountaynous and Desert and perhaps coloured blackish as the name intimates by black sands or as health grounds with vs it was the first Tartarian Conquest and beginning of the greatest greatnesse which this World hath yeelded the Countrey before of Presbyter Ioannes Asiaticus The wall is in this forme in the original not in the Picture made vp of Mountaynes wherein I thinke they had not art to imitate Nature the Art in the whole Map much resembling our old Maps of wooden prints saue that I see not one Mountaine presented in swelling fashion to the Eye The Ilands are very many with their Characters but poorely delineated their names here omitted for their vncertaynties so little and yet how much more then any other doe wee giue you of China till Time giue vs more The degrees are not so perfectly accommodated to the Map by reason that we must at once follow the Chinian Map which had no degrees nor could their Art without degrees giue euery place his iust longitude or latitude and the Iesuits Rules yet we haue comne somewhat neere as may be seene Other things appeare in the History CHAP. VIII A continuation of the Iesuits Acts and Obseruations in China till RICIVS his death and some yeares after Of Hanceu or Quinsay An Extract of MONâARTS trauell THus hauing with Pantogias eyes taken some view of the Kings Palace and with Ricius of their whole Gouernment I hold it fit not to leaue this China Apostle so Ricius is called till wee haue seene some fruits of his labours vntill and after his death He tels vs that three dayes after they had beene shut vp in the Palace of Strangers as yee haue read they were brought forth into the Kings Palace so performe the wonted Rites to the Kings Throne This is done in a large and glorious Court or Porch where 30000. men might be contayned at the end whereof is a high Chamber vnder which by fiue great doores is a passage to the Kings Lodgings in that Chamber is the Kings Throne where anciently he sate to heare and dispatch businesses and Embassages and to receiue the Rites of Magistrates rendring thankes for their Preferments But in the present solitarinesse of the King those Rites are done to the Empty Throne many there gratulating the King euery day In this Court enuironed with stately Workes 3000. Souldiers watch euery night besides others watching in Towres without a stones cast from one another In each of the fiue Gates is an Elephant which with the Souldiers goe forth when it is day and those are admitted which come to gratulate the King These come in a peculiar Habit of Red with an Iuory Table in their hand to couer their mouth and exhibit their kneelings and bowings to the Throne as they are taught by Officers of Rites or Masters of Ceremonies one crying out to that purpose at the performance of each gesture The Gouernour of Strangers hauing shut them vp first petitioned the King sharply against Mathan the Eunuch and them but seeing no answere he petitioned more gently but would haue them sent from Pequin which the King liked not yet without Petition from the Magistrates would not detayne them The Eunuches also laboured their stay for feare the Clockes should miscarry beyond their skill The Kings Mother hearing of a selfe-striking bell sent for it and the King sent it but to preuent her asking it caused the Wheeles to be loosed so that not seeing the vse she sent it againe When the Rituall Magistrates could get no answere to their Petitions for not touching their stay at Pequin the Praefect sent to Ricius that he would make a Petition to giue him leaue to stay there in pretence of Sicknesse and Physicke which hee did and the other presently answered giuing him libertie to hyre a House continuing also his former allowance with foure seruants to bring it euery fifth day Flesh Salt Rice Wine Hearbs Wood and another seruant in continuall attendance so that now they recouered libertie and credit The Eunuches also told them of the Kings approbation of their stay and they had out of the Treasurie eight Crownes a moneth which their goeth much further then heere and the Captayne of Strangers by open Sentence gaue them full libertie One of the Colai and then the onely became their great friend with his Sonne after some European Presents which hee bountifully rewarded likewise the supreame President of the Court of Magistrates and other of the Grands besides the Eunuches of the Palace and some of the Queenes and Royall family Amongst others was Fumochan a great man who for withstanding the Eunuches capacitie in Vquam Prouince was depriued whipped and three yeeres Imprisoned but by others honored with Temples Odours Images and Bookes in prayse of him as a Saint and the King wearyed by multitude of Petitions for him granted him againe his libertie Also Lingoson a great Magistrate and Mathematician as they accounted became Ricius his Scholler and was baptised Leo borne at Hanceu the chiefe Citie of Cechian of which afterward Yet had Ricius a great enemy of a great Learned man of Hanlin Colledge who in zeale of the Idol-sect had put away his Wife and professed himselfe one of their Votaries or Shauelings drew many Disciples after him and writ many Bookes against the Literate Sect and writ also against Ricius his bookes One of the Kings Admonishârs accused him to the King by Petition and the King rescribing seuerely hee slue himselfe yea the King ordayned that if the Magistrates would become Apostata shauelings they should leaue
their Robes and get them to the Deserts many accordingly chusing rather to leaue their Offices then their Idols One Thacon was so famous that the chiefe Queene daily worshipped his habit hauing no other meane of entercourse and so proud that hee sent to Ricius to come and visite him with the rites of kneeling But on occasion of search for a Libell against the King hee was found guiltie of writing ill of the King for not professing Idols and of ill vsage to the Kings Mother for which he was Whipped so that before they could adde bonds hee dyed One which by torments confessed himselfe author of the Libell had 1600. gobbers plucked from his flesh and then beheaded a Death most for the diuision of the body abominable to the Chinois In the Xaucean Residence some stirre happened whiles they brought to the Iesuits house their Idoll Hoaquan made with three Eyes one in his forehead for though the Chinois haue no Idols representing any formes but humane yet they admit Monsters as their God of Eye-sight for whom they intended to build him a Temple and carryed him from house to house a begging to that purpose the Iesuites refusing to giue them Rumours also of Mathans detayning the Presents were soone apprehended as likewise certayne Stage-players which comming from Amacao set forth in Pictures those things which the Chinois hated in the Portugals as their short Garments seeming to them ridiculous praying on Beads by men in Temples with Swords girded to them kneeling on one knee their quarrels one with another and combats Women going with Men in company and the like a Magistrate also accused the Iesuites to the Tauli who spake for them and visited them It happened also that by occasion of a great Drought Processions and Fasts were commanded and the Shambles shut vp the Gouernour and people in diuers places appointed thereto begging rayne with their bowings and when this preuayled not they brought an Idoll out of the Suburbes called Locu which was carryed about adored offered too with no better successe Hereupon they consulted a Witch which sayd the Quoayâ or Goddesse was angry that her backe was daily scorched spoken of the Conuerts burning their Idols which caused some conspiracie quenched with the Taulis fauour and the rayne following At Nanquin one borne at Scianhai and first pronounced Licentiat in the examination 1597. was Baptised by the name of Paulus who conuerted his whole Family Anno 1604. hee was made Doctor amongst three hundred and eight of which number foure and twentie were chosen of Hanlin Colledge after the China course of best Writing of which hee was the fourth this Choise of foure and twentie is but for probationers for at the most after long tryals by the Colai but twelue or fifteene are set in possession in which examinations hee was still a principall I thought to adde this by the way that Ligotsun a learned friend of the Iesuites had beene put from his great place into I know not what pettie Office for too light demeanour and too frequent Chesse-play which continued three yeeres The Hollanders much impouerished the Portugals by taking the Iapan Ship of Amacao the fewell of the Iesuites beneficence At Nancian they Conuerted three of the Blood royall Baptised by the names of Melchior Gaspar Balthasar and their Mother a woman much addicted to Idols and obseruing the China Fast who sent them a Charter called the Dârectorie of Hell which the Shaueling Impostors had sold her written to the Infernall King to giue her good entertaynment and remit her punishment The Iesuites exchanged their Images for her Idols and their Ecclesiasticall Fast for that Pegan At Nanquin Chiutaiso was baptised by the name of Ignatius striking the ground foure times first with his forehead and reciting the profession of his Faith which hee deliuered in writing to the Fathers the contents of which and of Paulus are expressed in our Author The Hollanders sought entrance into China to bee admitted Trade in Fuquien Prouince but were denyed notwithstanding both promises and threats Feare of them made the Portugals at Amacao begin to build a Tower and to fortifie But a quarrell falling betwixt a Regular and a Secular Priest one fleeing to the Iesuits Rector for refuge there grew such a combustion that the Chinois fled to their Countrey perswaded that Cataneus then there intended to get the Kingdome whereof hee had such expense at Canton was such terrour that aboue one thausand Houses without the walls were pulled downe the Gates toward Amacao filled vp with Lime and Stones all commerce with Amacaons prohibited great Watch kept Francis Martinez betrayed by a false brother a Conuert as a Spie was twice so Whipped that hee dyed soone after the stripes as hee was entring the Prison At Nanquin three thousand were found Anno 1606. to haue conspired the Death of the Magistrates and to inuade the ancient Treasuries Those which were taken were put in those Pillorie boards which force them to stand till their Legges rot some of them holding out a Fortnight as was thought by bribing the Executioners the suspition hereof was by some cast on the Iesuites Two Guides or Fraternities were erected of China Conuerts Ziu Paulus the learned Conuert being to leaue his place for three yeeres to mourne for his Father at Scianhai his natiue Towne he obtayned Cataneus to bee sent thither with him where hee stayed two yeeres This is one of the meanest sorts of Cities which they call Hien one hundred fortie and foure Italian myles from Nanquin and in that Prouince in twentie nine Degrees ouer against Corai and the Iaponian Ilands within a little of the Easterne Sea The name Scianhia signifieth on the Sea and it is fortified with Garrisons and a Fleet against the Iaponians being a passage with a good winde of foure and twentie houres sayle The walls are two myles compasse the Suburbes contayne as many Houses as the Citie so that there are numbred fortie thousand Housholds by this you may measure the frequencie of great Cities the Territorie is an euen Playne and so cultiuated that they seeme a Citie of Gardââs full also of Villages Hamlets Towers contayning twentie thousand Families in this Townes iurisdiction there being in that Circuit 300000. men This Iurisdiction alone payeth to the King the yeerely value of 150000. Golden Crownes in the weight of Siluer and asmuch in Rice in all 300000. whence the incredible reuenues of this Crowne appeare also credible the Ground being fertile of Cotton whereof there are reckoned 200000. Weauers Pequin and other parts being hence serued with Cloathes There are many good wits and Students a good Ayre and they liue long eightie ninetie and a hundred yeeres Wee are now come to the Death of Father Ricius the Author of our Iesuiticall Discourse of China hitherto occasioned by multitude of businesse that yeere fiue thousand Magistrates comming to visite the
for another Friar The answer of Mangu Chan not wel vnderstood and deliuered by a drunken Interpreter Caracarum ten daies iourney from the Court of Mangu Chan toward the North as appeareth Ch. 36. Chap. 31. Of Pascha of Mentz in Lotharingia and William Bouchier the Goldsmith a Parisian Building in request They also reckon by Moones in East India Crac is a strong fortresse of the Templâ is in the holy Land Chap. 32. Of Theodolus the Clerke of Acon how hee deceiued Mangu Chan and was imprisoned of ãâã Frier Andrew went from Cyprus by Persia. Blasphemous flattery The Golden Tablet of the Emperor of the Tartars Vastacius King of Pontus Or Erserum Sergius an Armenian Monke Chap. 33. Oâ Mangu Chans holyday and how his principall wiâe and his eldest sonne came to the Diuine ceremonies of the Nestorians and oâ their filthy ââwsingâ The cold much preuayleth The 13. of Ian. Cotota Caten the principall Wife of Mangu Chan. Baltu the Son of Mangu Chan. * Vnum bucâeranum * Cosmos of Mares Milke Vid. sup Ianuary 20 Of the Fast of the Nestorians and Armenians and of their Processions vnto the Court of Mangu Chan his eldest Son and Wiues Saint Sârkis Lent Mangu Chans Court visited with Processions How they diuine by the sholder blades of Rommes burnt blacke In M. Ienkinsons Voyage among the Tartars ye may reade of such a Diuination Threshold-Superstition They doe the like in Florida Baltues Court who was eldest Son of Mangu Chan. The Court of the third Lady The Armenians and Nestorians are ashamed to shew Christ fastned to the Crosse. Mangu built a Church The Court of the fourth Lady Drunkennesse not reproueable among the Tartars Chap. 35. How Lady Cota was cured of Sergius the counterfeit Monke Liâence is granted him to carrie the Crosse aloft Rubarbe and the Crosse Miracle-workers with credulous Superstition Holy water not knowne in the East Sergius the Armenians Lye Sorcerie of foure swords The Crosse carried aloft Chap. 36. A description of the Countries about the Court of Mangu Chan and of their manner of writing and their money Chap. 3. Al Riuers bending towards the South and North runne towards the West Chap. 15. Su-Moal the Water Tartars to the East liuing vpon fish Kerkis Orangai Pascatir on the West Chap. 19. Mutezuma commanded the like in Noua Hispania * A description of Apes or else an embleme or Apish fable and perhaps by the Chinois inuented to sell their wares the dearer Most precious Purple Cataia vpon the Ocean Taute and Manse who dwell in Ilands whose Sea freezeth in the Winter Cataia paper money The manner of writing in Cataia like that of China The people of Thebet· Their manner of writing in Tangut and Iugur The money of the Rutenians Chap. 37. Of the second fast of the people of the East in Lent The Monke is reproued for the multitude of those that came vnto him Monkes Manichaean blasphemie of the Creation Snow-water or water of Ice exceeding naught No fish eaten in Lent Hypocriticall feast-fast Chap. 38. A Description of the worke of William Bouchier and of the Palace of Mangu Chan at Caracaâum into which Citie they entred on Palm-sunday Two moneths iourney The Description of a most artificiall siuer Tree The description of the Palace The Sunday in the Passion he goeth towards Caracarum They enter Caracarum on Palme Sunday Mangu Chan departeth from Caracarum Chap. 39. The manner how the Nestorians make the Sacramentall Bread The Christians confesse themselues and receiue the Sacrament of Frier William in the dayes of the Lords Supper and Easter The Christians desire the Sacrament Confession Theft excluded the ten Commandements perhaps these fellowes were of those Borderers minde which thought K. Henry had put it in the Decalogue The Patriarch of the Nestorians remayneth at Baldach Chap. 40. William Bouchier is sicke the Monke giueth him Rubarbe the Priest Ionas is sicke Frier William administreth the Lords Supper vnto him and anionteth him beeing readie to dye Hee reproueth the Monke for his Sorceries The Priest Ionas is sicke and dyeâh The Nestorians know not Extreme Vnction nor Confession He that is presenâ with one that dyeth cannot come into the presence of the Prince for the space of an wholâ yeare Bold blindnes The Monke vseth Diuinations Chap. 41. The description of the Citie of Caracarum they are examined Mangu Chan sendeth hâs brethren against diuers Kingdomes the Monke biddeth the Saracens farewell The Wife of Mangu Chan dyeth The Countrey of the Hassasines or Mulibet Chap. 16. Some of Cataia rebell Ascension day Arabucha the yonger brother of Mangu Chan. Ignorant zeale a betrayer of the Faith a cause perhaps of Tartarian Saracenisme One of the Wiues of Chan dyeth The Tartars do more by deceit then by force Chap. 42. They are often examined wherfore they came Mangu desireth to make comparison of Diuine things The most learned speech of Frier William with the Idolaters The Saracens acknowledge the truth of the Gospel The godly conference of Frier William with the Seruants of Mangu Chan. Mangu Chan desireth to haue a comparison made concerning diuine things betweene the Christians Saracens and Idolaterâ His Answere Mangu Chan wil haue them returne Whitsunday Eeuen How Idolatry began first in the World The Proclamation of Mangu Chan. The murmuring of the Idolâters agâinst Chan· The beginning of the disputation concerning the Christian Religion with an Idolater We ought first to speake of God The heresie of the Manichees in Cataia as a sprout from the Magi infecting all the Easterne Philosophie and Religions A Pythagorean child God is Omnipotent God knowes all things God perfectly good The Saracens answer that the Gospell is true The Sect of the Iugurs Chap 43. The day of Pentecost he is called before Mangu Chan who confesseth the faith of the Tartars he speaketh of his returne by Baatu he craueth leaue to stay there whiâh is not graunted A token of fauour The faith of the Tartars He speâketh of the Fryers returne Baatus greatnesse Hee craueth leaue againe to stay in the Tartars Countrey but it is not granted He departeth from the presence of Mangu Can. Chap. 44. A description of the Tartarian Sorcerers and of their diuers and vnlawfull behauiour Chiefe Priest of the Tartars Some of them know Astronomy Eclipses They fore-tell lucky and vnfortunat daiâs for the performance of all buâinesse whatsoeuer They cause all things senâ to the Court passe betweene fires Friar Andrew and his fellows The ninth day of the Moone of May solemnly kept euery yeâre They are called to the birth of children and fore-tell their destinies and are also âent for when any are sicke The false accusations of the Sorcerers The Bishop of the Nestorians in Cataia A lyer and a murtherer from the beginning The Reuenge of Mangu Chan vpon his Wife being a murtherer The Sorcerers trouble the Ayre with their Charmes The Sorcerers raise vp deuils Chap. 45. Great Solemnity Mangu Chans Letters to
Lodowicke King of France the Friers companion stayeth with the Tartars they returne to Caracarum This is also the manner of the Americanes in Florida The Embassadour of the Calipha of Baldach The Embassadours of a certaine Soldan of India India is more to the West then Caracarum by three weeks iourney The Feast of Saint Iohn Iune 24. The Letters of Mangu Chan to Lodowicke the French King Moall Nayman Merket Musulman Chen-chan is called Cumecan of Iohn de Plano Carpini He departeth the 9. of Iuly Note They stayed there from the 27. of December to the 9. of Iuly They depart from the Court to Caracarum Chap. 46. They come to Caracarum Returning he accompanieth Baatu a whole moneth departing he goeth toward the South to the Towne Saâai He returned by Persia. A precious stone good against thunder and lightning From Caracarum to the Riuer of Volga is two moneths and ten dayes iourney A Riuer betweene the Mountaines of fifteene dayes iourney The end of August he met Sartach in his returne going to Mangu Coiac the Priest of Sartach Sarai is a new Towne built vpon Etilia or Volga They come to the Court of Baatu Septem 16. 1254. cap. 18. The King of Armenia comforted them The sea frozen in the Winter A short way by Hungarie * Bigauimus wane-trauelling with Baatu a whole moneth His Guide was a Iugur They depart from Baatu 17. of October going right South The seuen mouthes of the Riuer of Volga The Village Sumerkent or Astracan is in the latitude of 46. degrees They goe no further downe then Sumerkent of Astracan The Riuer of Volga frozen ouer He commeth to Sarai Sarai is vpon the East side of Etilia This place is now called Vchoog from Astracan 60. Versâae Chap. 47. From Sarai they passe by the Mountains of the Alani and by the Saracens called Lesgi and by Derbent by the Citie Samarân by Alexanders Inclosures or Walls by the Citie Shamaghi by the grâât Plaine Moan and the Bridge made of ships where Cur and Araxes meet together The Tartars haue little store of Armor A Castle of the Alani A description of Porta ferrea or Derbent Samaâen a Citie of Iewes The inclosures or walles of Alexander Other inclosures where the Iewes are Or Samâgi Moan a great Plaine Cur or the Riuer Cyrus The Georgians The Citie Tiphlis * Râg 19.45.37 Note that the Hebrew text hath Ararat in both places Gonges a great Citie A bridge of Ships Chap. 48. They alwaies goe vp the Riuer of Araxis by the Citie Vaxnan by the Countrey of Sabensa by the Castle Marseâgen by Aini a Citie of Sabensa they came to the Head of Araxis Bacchu a Prince of the Tartars of whom perhaps the Citie Bacchu on the Caspian Sea of which it is now called the Sea of Bacchu or Bacou hath her name The head of Tigris Or Vaxnan sometimes the greatest Citie of Armenia Bartholmew and Thaddaeus Martyrs The Prophesie of Methodius Or Acatron his Prophesie Mountaines on the which Noahs Arke rested Or Cemanium a Towne or a Citie Armenian fables The Mountain Massis Tephelis Ianuary 14. Snow Ianuary 18. The Countrey of Sahensa A Towne of Sahensa The Countrey of the Soldans of Turkie Marsengen The first Sunday in Lent February the 2. The Citie Aini belonged to Sahensa The Popes letters to Sartach and Mangu Chan. Chap. 49. They come to Euphrates to the Castle Camath they passe into Cyprus afterward to Antiochia and thence to Tripolis The Citie Arsengen mightily shaken with an Earthquake The gaping of the earth clouen The Valley where the Soldan of Turkie was vanquished of the Tartars Sebaste of the lesser Aomenia Maior Hipdomada Cesaria of Cappadocia Iconiâm Allum in Turkie The Soldan of Iconium Curcum a hauen of Cilicia ouer against the East part of the Iland of Cyprus Barum Vsin Aijax or Giazzo Iune the 16. he came to Cypruâ Antiochia Iune 29. Tripolis August 15. Chap. 50. He writeth from Tripoli to King Lodowick and giueth his aduise for sending of a fit Ambassage to the Tartars The weake estate of Turkie The Bastard Pacaster getteth the Kingdome The weake estate of Vastacâus and Assau The state of the King of Hungâria Godfrey of Bullin and many other Princes Tartars thriftie in food and rayment What Message or Ambassage should be sent to the Tartars Mare Scythicum Porta ferrea vel Derbent Vid. Plin. l. 6. c. 11. videsis etiam Oâtel Thes. Geog. Mare Caspium fit ex concursu fluminum Isid. Etym. Plin. l. 6. c. 13. Ptolemaeus primus prodidit Mare Caspium terra vndiquaque Circundatum Capadocia Cilicia vel Armenia minor Pamphilia Turkia Lycaonia Iconium Soldanus Iconij Descriptio Marââ Pontici vel maioris Regiones Aquilonares Oceanus Septentrionalis Quibus authoribus vsus est maxime Sinopolis Soldaia Cassaria olim fuit appellata Taurica Chersonesus Kersoua ciuitaâ Goti Matrica ciuitas Palus Maeotis Montes Riphaei Vasta Solitudo Tartaricum itâr ergo est 64. mâliariorum nostrorum Cuniani Captac Alania Occidentalis Russia magna vel Lituaniam Mare Sweciam Dacia Swecia Norguegia Mare Orientale Estonia hinc vocatâââus Incolae in nostris historijs Eâsterlings Liuonia Prussia Semigallia Albania Danubij duodecim ostia * Vel Valachi Albania Occidentalis Gens Hyperboreâ ex antiquorum fabulis Pagani Tartari Alani deleti Deest linea Tartari Montes Riphaei Hoc Casale hodie vocatur Asou Albania superior Etilia flumen nunc Edel Volga crescit non ex eadem causa quia Nilus nec eodem modo sed Hyemâ congelatur aestate lâquefiunt niuââ c. * Etâam in ipsis de eâ fabulis antiquandis antiquitatis nugis Doctè tamen author iste cuius tempore nec loca iâta detecta nec fabulae Etâlâa vel Volga Etil Tartaricum nomen Volga Mâscouâticum Nota quod maior Bulgaria hodie Russia dicitur Muscouia Tephelis Cormini deletâ Amazones Palea Terrae Vâstacij situs Regnum ârâpezondae Terra Ararat De hoc dubito Tria fluminâ ex eisdem montibuâ Frater Willelmus Vid. sup in Rubruq Bartholomaeus Iudas Thadaeus Nunc Nachchuan Alani Aas Lelgi Saraceni Portae Caspiae Bitumen egregium ex insuliâ maris Porta ferrâa Alexandri Gog Magog ãâ¦ã locis ãâã Iudae his locis inclusi Antichristus * Vt Iudaei Christum expectââueâânt spectantes ãâã crucifigentes praesentem ãâã altum sperant sic artibus ãâ¦ã contratijs Pontificij spectântes Conspâcientes expectânt tamen Antichristum âorrentque venturum quem praesentem âonoraât neque sine Magno iniquitatis mysterio vices idem agit Christi Dâabeli Frater Willielmus Rogerus Bacon vixit tempore Lodouici ê° regis Franciae Oceanus Aquilonaris Antiqui antiquati Cumani idem qui Cangle Albani Iter ab Etilia 4. mensium Terra principalis Imperatoris Cumania maxima terrarum vbi Turcomani Bulgaria maior quae hodie Russicum siue Moscouiticum Imperium âunc temporis Mahometica quae iam pridem ad ritus Greco modo